17SS-HSD1 and STS inhibitors

ABSTRACT

The present invention relates to novel substituted steroid derivatives which represent selectiv inhibitors of the 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type I (17β-HSD1) and, in addition, which may represent inhibitors of the steroid sulphatase, as well as to their salts, to pharmaceutical preparations containing these compounds and to processes for the preparation of these compounds. Furthermore, the invention concerns the therapeutic use of said novel substituted steroid derivatives, particularly their use in the treatment, inhibition, prophylaxis or prevention of steroid hormone dependent diseases or disorders, such as steroid hormone dependent diseases or disorders requiring the inhibition of 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type I and/or steroid sulphatase enzymes and/or requiring the lowering of the endogenous 17β-estradiol concentration.

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS

This application claims the benefit under 35 U.S.C. § 119(e) to U.S.provisional patent application Ser. No. 60/684,540 filed May 26, 2005,the entire disclosure of which is incorporated hereby in its entirety.

FIELD OF INVENTION

The present invention relates to novel substituted steroid derivativeswhich represent selective inhibitory compounds of the 17β-hydroxysteroiddehydrogenase type I (17β-HSD1) enzyme, and, in addition, which mayrepresent inhibitors of the steroid sulphatase, as well as to the saltsof these compounds, to pharmaceutical preparations containing thesecompounds and to processes for the preparation of these compounds.Furthermore, the invention concerns the therapeutic use of said novelsubstituted steroid derivatives, particularly their use in thetreatment, inhibition, prophylaxis or prevention of steroid hormonedependent diseases or disorders, such as steroid hormone dependentdiseases or disorders requiring the inhibition of the 17β-HSD1 enzymeand/or steroid sulphatase enzymes and/or requiring the lowering of theendogenous 17β-estradiol concentration.

BACKGROUND

The publications and other materials used herein to illuminate thebackground of the invention, and in particular, cases to provideadditional details respecting the practice, are incorporated byreference.

Mammalian 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases (17β-HSDs) are NAD(H) orNADP(H) dependent enzymes which convert inactive 17-keto-steroids intotheir active 17β-hydroxy-forms or catalyse the oxidation of the17β-hydroxy-forms into the 17-keto-steroids. Because both estrogens andandrogens have the highest affinity for their receptors in the17β-hydroxy form, 17β-HSD enzymes play an essential role in thetissue-selective regulation of the activity of sex steroid hormones. Atpresent, 10 human members of the 17β-HSD enzyme family have beendescribed (types 1-5, 7, 8, 10-12), whereby each type of 17β-HSD has aselective substrate affinity, directional (reductive or oxidative)activity in intact cells, and a particular tissue distribution.

Due to their essential role in the tissue-selective regulation of theactivity of sex steroid hormones, 17β-HSDs can be involved in theoccurrence and development of estrogen-sensitive pathologies (f. ex.breast, ovarian, and endometrium cancers etc.) and androgen-sensitivepathologies (f. ex. prostate cancer, benign prostatic hyperplasia, acne,hirsutism, etc). Furthermore, many types of 17β-HSD have been shown tobe involved in the pathogenesis of particular human disorders such aspseudohermaphroditism (17β-HSD3), polycystic kidney disease (17β-HSD8)and bifunctional enzyme deficiency (17β-HSD4) [reviewed by: Mindnich etal (2004)]. Therefore treatment of sex steroid-sensitive diseases byadministration of specific inhibitors of the 17β-HSDs enzymes have beensuggested, optionally in combination with potent and specificanti-estrogens and anti-androgens [Labrie et al. (1997)].

The best characterized member of the 17β-HSD family is the 17β-HSD1 [EC1.1.1.62]. The 17β-HSD1 enzyme catalyzes in vitro the reduction and theoxidation between estrone (E1) and estradiol (E2). However, underphysiological in vivo conditions the enzyme only catalyses the reductivereaction from the estrone (E1) to the estradiol (E2). The 17β-HSD1 wasfound to be expressed in a variety of hormone-dependent tissues, e.g.placenta, mammary gland tissue or uterus and endometrium tissue,respectively.

Estradiol itself is, especially in comparison to the significantly lessactive estrone, a very potent hormone, which regulates the expression ofa variety of genes by binding to the nuclear estrogen receptor and playsan essential role in the proliferation and differentiation of the targetcell. Physiological as well as pathological cell proliferations can beestradiol dependent. Especially many breast cancer cells are stimulatedby a locally raised estradiol concentration. Furthermore, the occurrenceor course of benign pathologies such as endometriosis, uterineleiomyomas (fibroids or myomas), adenomyosis, menorrhagia, metrorrhagiaand dysmenorrhoea is dependent from the existence of significantly highestradiol levels.

Endometriosis is a well-known gynaecological disorder that affects 10 to15% of women in the reproductive age. It is a benign disease defined asthe presence of viable endometrial gland and stroma cells outside theuterine cavity. It is most frequently found in the pelvic area. In womendeveloping endometriosis, the endometrial cells entering the peritonealcavity by retrograde menstruation (the most likely mechanism) have thecapacity to adhere to and invade the peritoneal lining, and are thenable to implant and grow. The implants respond to steroid hormones ofthe menstrual cycle in a similar way as the endometrium in the uterus.The infiltrating lesions and the blood from these lesions which areunable to leave the body cause inflammation of the surrounding tissue.The most common symptoms of endometriosis are dysmenorrhoea, dyspareuniaand (chronic) abdominal pain. The occurrence of these symptoms is notrelated to the extent of the lesions. Some women with severeendometriosis are asymptomatic, while women with mild endometriosis mayhave severe pain. Up to now, no reliable non-invasive test is availableto diagnose endometriosis. Laparoscopy has to be performed to diagnosethe disease. Endometriosis is classified according to the 4 stages setup by the American Fertility Society (AFS). Stage I corresponds tominimal disease while stage IV is severe, depending on the location andthe extent of the endometriosis. Endometriosis is found in up to 50% ofthe women with infertility. However, currently no causal relation hasbeen proven between mild endometriosis and infertility. Moderate tosevere endometriosis can cause tubal damage and adhesions leading toinfertility. The aims of treatment of endometriosis are pain relief,resolution of the endometriotic tissue and restoration of fertility (ifdesired). The two common treatments are surgery or anti-inflammatoryand/or hormonal therapy or a combination thereof.

Uterine leiomyomas (fibroids or myomas), benign clonal tumours, arisefrom smooth muscle cells of the human uterus. They are clinicallyapparent in up to 25% of women and are the single, most commonindication for hysterectomy. They cause significant morbidity, includingprolonged and heavy menstrual bleeding, pelvic pressure and pain,urinary problems, and, in rare cases, reproductive dysfunction. Myomasare found submucosally (beneath the endometrium), intramurally (withinthe myometrium) and subserosally (projecting out of the serosalcompartment of the uterus), but mostly are mixed forms of these 3different types. The presence of estrogen receptors in leiomyoma cellshas been studied by Tamaya et al. [Tamaya et al. (1985)]. They haveshown that the ratios of estrogen receptor compared to progesterone andandrogen receptor levels were higher in leiomyomas than in thecorresponding normal myometrium. Surgery has long been the maintreatment for myomas. Furthermore, medical therapies that have beenproposed to treat myomas include administration of a variety of steroidssuch as the androgenic steroids danazol or gestrinone and progestogens,or of compounds modulating the steroid hormone plasma levels like e.g.GnRH agonists and GnRH antagonists, whereby the administration is oftenassociated a variety of serious side-effects.

Everything that has been said above in relation to the treatment ofuterine leiomyomas and endometriosis equally applies to other benigngynaecological disorders, notably adenomyosis, functional menorrhagiaand metrorrhagia. These benign gynaecological disorders are all estrogensensitive and are treated in a comparable way as described herein beforein relation to uterine leiomyomas and endometriosis. The availablepharmaceutical treatments, however, suffer from the same majordrawbacks, i.e. they have to be discontinued once the side-effectsbecome more serious than the symptoms to be treated and symptomsreappear after discontinuation of the therapy.

Since the aforementioned malignant and benign pathologies are all17β-estradiol dependent, a reduction of the endogenous 17β-estradiolconcentration in the respective tissue will result in an impaired orreduced proliferation of 17β-estradiol responsive cells in said tissues.Therefore, selective inhibitors of the 17β-HSD1 enzyme are well suitedfor their use to impair endogenous productions of estrogens, inparticular of 17β-estradiol, in myomas, endometriotic, adenomyotic andendometrial tissue. The application of a compound acting as selectiveinhibitor on the 17β-HSD1 which preferentially catalyses the reductivereaction will result in a lowered intracellular estradiol-concentration,since the reductive conversion of the estrone into the active estradiolis reduced or suppressed. Therefore, reversible or even irreversibleinhibitors of the 17β-HSD1 may play a significant role in theprophylaxis and/or treatment of steroid-hormone, in particular17β-estradiol, dependent disorders or diseases. Furthermore, thereversible or even irreversible inhibitors of the 17β-HSD1 should haveno or only pure antagonistic binding activities to the estradiolreceptor, in particular to the estrogen receptor α subtype, sinceagonistic binding of the estrogen receptor would lead to activation andsubsequently to the proliferation and differentiation of the targetcell. In contrast, antagonists of the estrogen receptor, so calledanti-estrogens, bind competitively to the specific receptor protein thuspreventing access of endogenous estrogens to their specific bindingsite.

At present it is described in the literature that several malignantdisease as breast cancer, prostate carcinoma, ovarian cancer, uterinecancer, endometrial cancer and endometrial hyperplasia may be treated bythe administration of a selective 17β-HSD1 inhibitor. Furthermore, aselective 17β-HSD1 inhibitor may be useful for the prevention of theaforementioned hormone-dependent cancers, especially breast cancer (e.g.WO 2004/080271). Furthermore, international patent application WO03/017973 describes the use of a selective estrogen enzyme modulator(SEEM) in the manufacture of a drug delivery vehicle for intravaginaladministration to treat or prevent a benign gynaecological disorder suchas endometriosis in a mammalian female.

Another known target for estrogen deprivation is the steroid sulphataseenzyme (STS) (E.C. 3.1.6.2), which regulates the local production ofestrogens and androgens from systemic precursors in several tissues[reviewed by Reed et al (2005)]. The enzyme catalyzes the hydrolysis ofthe sulphate esters of 3-hydroxy steroids, which are inactive transportor precursor forms of the active 3-hydroxy steroids. In particular, STShydrolyzes in-active estronsulphate into estrone, which is then furtherconverted into the active estradiol by action of the above described17β-HSD1 enzyme. Therefore, STS has a pivotal role in regulating theformation of biologically active steroids. The enzyme is widelydistributed throughout the body and its action is implicated inphysiological processes and pathological conditions, such ashormone-dependent tumors. STS expression is increased in breast tumorsand has prognostic significance. The role of STS in supporting tumorgrowth of the breast and prostate prompted the development of potent STSinhibitors, since STS inhibitors are expected to block the localproduction and, consequently, to reduce the local levels of thehormones. Therefore, they are considered as potential therapeutic agentsfor the treatment of estrogen- and androgen-dependent disorders ingeneral. Indications may range from cancers of the breast, endometriumand prostate to disorders of the pilosebaceous unit, e.g. acne,androgenetic alopecia, and hirsutism. Furthermore, STS inhibitors may beuseful as immunosuppressive agents, and have been shown to enhancememory when delivered to the brain.

Acne is a polyetiological disease caused by the interplay of numerousfactors, such as inheritance, sebum, hormones, and bacteria. The mostimportant causative factor in acne is sebum production; in almost allacne patients sebaceous glands are larger and more sebum is producedthan in persons with healthy skin. The development of the sebaceousgland and the extent of sebum production is controlled hormonally byandrogens; therefore, androgens play a crucial role in the pathogenesisof acne. In man, there are two major sources supplying androgens totarget tissues: (i) the gonades which secrete testosterone, (ii) theadrenals producing dehydroepiandrosterone (DHEA) which is secreted asthe sulfate conjugate (DHEAS). Testosterone and DHEAS are both convertedto the most active androgen, dihydrotestosterone (DHT), in the targettissue, e.g. in the skin. There is evidence that these pathways of localsynthesis of DHT in the skin are more important than direct supply withactive androgens from the circulation. Therefore, reduction ofendogeneous levels of androgens in the target tissue by specificinhibitors should be of therapeutic benefit in acne and seborrhoea.Furthermore, it opens the perspective to treat these disorders throughmodulation of local androgen levels by topical treatment, rather thaninfluencing circulating hormone levels by systemic therapies.

Androgenetic male alopecia is very common in the white races, accountingfor about 95% of all types of alopecia. Male-pattern baldness is causedby an increased number of hair follicles in the scalp entering thetelogen phase and by the telogen phase lasting longer. It is agenetically determined hair loss affected through androgens. Elevatedserum DHEA but normal testosterone levels have been reported in baldingmen compared with non-balding controls, implying that target tissueandrogen production is important in androgenetic alopecia.

Hirsutism is the pathological thickening and strengthening of the hairwhich is characterized by a masculine pattern of hair growth in childrenand women. Hirsutism is androgen induced, either by increased formationof androgens or by increased sensitivity of the hair follicle toandrogens.

The presence of the STS enzyme in keratinocytes and in skin-derivedfibroblasts has been described, and the potential use of STS inhibitorsfor the reduction of endogenous levels of steroid hormones in the skinwas confirmed using known steroid sulfatase inhibitors, such as EMATE.Additionally, it has been described that inhibitors of placenta steroidsulfatase also inhibit steroid sulfatase in human keratinocyte or humanskin-derived fibroblast cell lines. Therefore, STS inhibitors may beused to reduce androgen and estrogen levels in the skin, e.g. for thelocal treatment of androgen-dependent disorders of the pilosebaceousunit (such as acne, seborrhoea, androgenetic alopecia, hirsutism). STSinhibitors are also useful for the treatment of cancer, especially forthe treatment of estrogen- and androgen-dependent cancers, such ascancer of the breast and endometrium, squamous cell carcinoma, andcancer of the prostata.

In addition, STS inhibitors may be useful for the prevention andtreatment of further estrogen- or androgen-dependent diseases ordisorders and/or diseases or disorders requiring the lowering of theendogeneous estrogen or androgen concentration in a generalized ortissue-specific manner, such as inflammatory and autoimmune diseases,e.g. rheumatoid arthritis, type I and II diabetes, systemic lupuserythematosus, multiple sclerosis, myastenia gravis, thyroiditis,vasculitis, ulcerative colitis, and Crohn's disease, psoriasis, contactdermatitis, graft versus host disease, eczema, asthma and organrejection following transplantation. STS inhibitors are also useful forthe enhancement of cognitive function, especially in the treatment ofsenile dementia, including Alzheimer's disease, by increasing the DHEASlevels in the central nervous system.

Several reversible or irreversible inhibitors of the 17β-HSD1 enzyme orof the steroid sulphatase of steroidal and even non-steroidal origin arealready known from the literature. The characteristics of the inhibitorymolecules of the 17β-HSD1 enzyme, which mainly have a substrate orcofactor-like core structure, have been reported in the literature[reviewed in: Poirier D. (2003)]. The characteristics andstructure-activity relationship of known irreversible as well asreversible STS inhibitors have been reviewed in the literature [reviewedby Nussbaumer & Billich (2004) and (2003)]. Even dual inhibitors of the17β-HSD1 enzyme and of the steroid sulphatase have been described ininternational patent application WO 02/32409.

The following compounds or compound classes have already been describedas 17β-HSD1 inhibitors: For example, Tremblay and Poirier describe anestradiol derivative, 16-[carbamoyl-(bromo-methyl)-alkyl]-estradiol, andtested the same in respect of its inhibition of the estradiol formationcatalysed by the enzyme 17β-HSD1 [Tremblay & Poirier (1998)]. Poirierand colleagues describe a 6β-thiaheptan-butyl-methyl-amide derivative ofestradiol as a potent and selective inhibitor of the 17HSD1 enzyme[Poirier et al. (1998)]. Furthermore, Poirier and colleagues describenew derivatives of 17β-estradiol with long N-butyl, N-methyl alkylamideside chains of three different lengths (n=8, 10 or 12) at position 15,which might be potential inhibitors of the 17β-HSD1 enzyme [Poirier etal. (1991)]. Similar compounds were also disclosed within Europeanpatent application EP0367576. However, the biological activity of thesecompounds was only tested with regard to estrogen receptor bindingaffinity, estrogenic and anti-estrogenic activity [Poirier et al.(1996)], but not with regard to their ability to inhibit the 17β-HSD1enzyme. In addition, Pelletier and Poirier describe novel 17β-estradiolderivatives with different bromo-alkyl side chains, which might bepotential inhibitors of the 17β-HSD1 enzyme [Pelletier & Poirier(1996)]. Sam and colleagues describe several estradiol derivatives witha halogenated alkyl side chain in 16α or 17α position of the steroidalD-ring which possess 17β-HSD1 inhibiting properties [Sam et al. (1998)].Furthermore, the finding that some anti-estrogens, such as tamoxifen,possess weak 17β-HSD1 inhibiting properties suggested that it may bepossible to develop a potent 17β-HSD1 inhibitor that is alsoanti-estrogenic [reviewed in: Poirier D. (2003)]. Several of theaforementioned already known compounds also display anti-estrogenicproperties (e.g. the 6β-thiaheptan-butyl-methyl-amide derivative ofestradiol described by Poirier and colleagues [Poirier et al. (1998)]).None of the aforementioned compounds has been clinically used so far.

Furthermore, the international patent application WO 2004/085457discloses a variety of estron derivatives with different substituents inC2, C3, C6, C16 and/or C17 position as potent 17β-HSD1 inhibitors. Forsome of the compounds it was shown that the substitution of steroidbased 17β-HSD1 inhibitors at the C2 position with small hydrophobicgroups renders the compounds less estrogenic and are favourable for17β-HSD1 over 17β-HSD2 discrimination [Lawrence et al (2005)].

The international application WO 2005/047303, published on the filingdate of the priority application of the present invention, discloses new3, 15 substituted 17β-estradiol derivatives with different kind of sidechains at position 15, which are potent and selective 17β-HSD1inhibitors.

Additional compounds representing potential 17β-HSD1 inhibitors weredisclosed within international applications WO 2006/003012 and WO2006/003013 in the form of novel 2-substitutedD-homo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trienes and novel 2-substitutedestra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-ones.

The synthesis of different B-, C- and D-ring substituted estradiolcarboxylic esters was described by Labaree et al. [Labaree et al.(2003)]. However, these esters were only analysed with regard to theirestrogenic potential. The related international patent application WO2004/085345 discloses 15α substituted estradiol compounds bearing a—(CH₂)_(m)—CO—O—R side chain, wherein R is H, a C₁-C₅ alkyl group,optionally substituted with at least one halogen group, such as CH₂CH₂F,or other group (e.g. CH₂CHF₂, CH₂CF₃ or CF₃ group); and m is from 0-5.These 15α estradiol esters are described as locally active estrogenswithout significant systemic action.

Furthermore, international application WO 2006/027347 discloses 15βsubstituted estradiol derivatives having selective estrogen receptoractivity towards the estrogen receptor α-subtype.

Several compounds and compound classes have already been identified asSTS inhibitors. They all share the common structural feature of anaromatic ring bearing a substituent that mimics the phenolic A-ring ofthe enzyme substrate, estrone-sulphate. On the development of steroidalinhibitors, a wide variety of chemical groups have been introduced atC3, of which the 3-O-sulfamate was found to be the most potent for theestrone molecule. The resulting compound, estrone-3-O-sulfamate(“EMATE”) led to the identification of the aryl-O-sulphamate structureas an active pharmacophore required for potent inhibition of STS (asdisclosed in international patent application WO 93/05064). EMATE wasshown to inhibit steroid sulphate activity in a time- andconcentration-dependent manner and was active in vivo on oraladministration. It was however revealed to be highly estrogenic whichraised the need to design STS inhibitors devoid of agonist activity onthe human estrogen receptor. For example, the recently publishedinternational patent application WO 2004/085459 discloses a variety ofestron derivatives with different subsituents in C2, C3, C4 and/or C17position as potent STS inhibitors.

Accordingly, there is still a need for the development of compoundswhich are suited for the treatment and/or prevention of steroid hormonedependent diseases or disorders such as breast cancer, endometriosis anduterine leiomyomas by selectively inhibiting the 17β-HSD1 enzyme andpreferably additionally inhibiting the STS enzyme, while desirablyfailing to substantially inhibit other members of the 17β-HSD proteinfamily or other catalysts of sex steroid degradation or activation. Inparticular, it is an aim of the present invention to develop selectiveinhibitors of the 17β-HSD1 enzyme, whereby in addition the compoundshave no or only pure antagonistic binding affinities to the estrogenreceptor (both subtypes α and β) and have favourably no residualactivity on the 17β-HSD2 enyme. Furthermore, an increased metabolicstability of the compounds, in particular of the C17 keto position ofthe steroidal core, would be desirable, in order to prevent conversionof the estron to the respective estradiol derivative, which shows lessinhibitory potential on the 17β-HSD1 enzyme.

SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

Therefore, one object of the present invention is to provide novelinhibitors of the enzyme 17β-HSD1 and preferably also of the enzyme STS,which have valuable pharmacological properties and which are suited forthe treatment of estrogen dependent diseases and disorders.

It has now been found that novel 3, 15 substituted estrone derivativesbearing a side chain of the amide, ester, carbonyl, hydrazone, alcohol,ether, urea, carbamate, “retro”-amide, sulfonyl urea, sulfamide,sulfamate, “retro”-sulfonamide, “retro”-carbamate, “retro”-ester orsulfonylcarbamate type in position C15 and being additionally modifiedby substitution in position C2, C3, C16 and/or C17 position of theestron core, would be valuable in therapy, especially in the treatmentor prevention of steroid hormone dependent diseases or disordersrequiring the lowering of the endogeneous estradiol concentration, inhumans and other mammals. In particular, compounds of formula (I)represent potent inhibitors of the 17β-HSD1 enzyme and optionally of theSTS enzyme, and possess valuable pharmacological properties for thetreatment and/or prophylaxis of malignant steroid dependent diseases ordisorders such as breast cancer, prostate carcinoma, ovarian cancer,uterine cancer, endometrial cancer and endometrial hyperplasia, but alsofor the treatment and/or prophylaxis of benign steroid dependentdiseases or disorders such as endometriosis, uterine fibroids, uterineleiomyoma, adenomyosis, dysmenorrhoea, menorrhagia, metrorrhagia,prostadynia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, urinary dysfunction or lowerurinary tract syndrome. Further estrogen-dependent diseases which may betreated and/or prevented with an effective amount of a compound of theinvention are multiple sclerosis, rheumatoid arthritis, colon cancer,tissue wounds, skin wrinkles and cataracts. The compounds of the presentinvention have been developed as improved inhibitors of the enzyme17β-HSD1, in addition showing no or only pure antagonistic bindingaffinities to the estrogen receptor (both subtypes α and β) and havingfavourably no residual activity on the 17β-HSD2 enyme, and/or showing anincreased metabolic stability of the C17 keto function of the steroidalcore.

Accordingly, the present invention relates to a compound having thestructural formula I

wherein

X represents:

-   -   (a) a bond,    -   (b) —NH—, or    -   (c) —O—;

A represents:

-   -   (a) —CO—, or    -   (b) under the proviso that X represents —NH—, A represents —SO₂;

Y represents:

-   -   (a) —NR⁴—,    -   (b) —O—, under the proviso that X represents a bond or —NH—,    -   (c) a bond,    -   (d) —NH—SO₂—, under the proviso that X represents —NH— and A        represents —CO—,    -   (e) —NH—SO₂NR⁴—, under the proviso that X represents —O—, or    -   (f) —NH—NR⁴—, under the proviso that X represents a bond; or

—X-A-Y— together represent —O—;

and wherein

R¹ is selected from:

-   -   (a) —H,    -   (b) —(C₁-C₆)alkyl, which is optionally substituted with halogen,        nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, or —COOR⁶; the number of said substituents        being up to three for halogen, and up to two for any combination        of said halogen, nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, or —COOR⁶ moieties,

(c) -phenyl, which is optionally substituted with halogen, nitril, —OR⁶,—SR⁶, —R⁶, or —COOR⁶, the number of said substituents being up toperhalo for halogen, and up to two for any combination of said halogen,nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —R⁶ or —COOR⁶ moieties,

(d) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, in which the alkyl portion is optionallysubstituted with up to three halogens; and the phenyl portion isoptionally substituted with halogen, nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —R⁶ or —COOR⁶,the number of substituents on said phenyl portion being up to perhalofor halogen, and up to two for any combination of said halogen, nitril,—OR⁶, —SR⁶, —R⁶ or —COOR⁶ moieties,

-   -   (e) —SO₂NR³R³′,    -   (f) —CO—NR³R³′,    -   (g) —PO(OR¹⁶)—R³,    -   (h) —PS(OR¹⁶)—R³,    -   (i) —PO(OR¹⁶)—O—R³    -   (j) —SO₂—R³, and    -   (k) —SO₂—O—R³;        wherein        R⁶ represents H, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl or halogenated —(C₁-C₄)alkyl;        R³ and R³′ are independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl and        arylalkyl, or R³ and R³′ form together with the nitrogen atom,        to which R³ and R³′ are attached, a heterocyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-        or 8-membered ring, which is optionally saturated, partly        unsaturated, or aromatic; which optionally contains up to three        additional heteroatoms selected from N, O or S, the number of        additional N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S        atoms each being 0, 1 or 2; and R¹⁶ represents —H, alkyl, or        arylalkyl;        R² and R⁴ are independently selected from:    -   (a) —H, wherein if X represents a bond, A represents —CO— and Y        represents —O— or a bond, then R² is different from —H;    -   (b) optionally substituted alkyl,    -   (c) optionally substituted acyl, under the proviso that Y        represents —NH—NR⁴—,    -   (d) optionally substituted aryl,    -   (e) optionally substituted heteroaryl, and    -   (f) optionally substituted cycloheteroalkyl,        or, under the proviso that Y represents —NR⁴—, —NH—NR⁴— or        —NH—SO₂—NR⁴—, R² and R⁴ form together with the nitrogen atom, to        which R² and R⁴ are attached, a heterocyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or        8-membered ring, which is optionally saturated, partly        unsaturated, or aromatic; which optionally contains up to three        additional heteroatoms selected from N, O or S, the number of        additional N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S        atoms each being 0, 1 or 2; and which ring is optionally part of        a multiple condensed ring-system, wherein the ring or the        ring-system is optionally substituted;        the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbon        atoms, to which they are attached, form a structure        —CR¹³R¹²—CR¹¹R¹⁰—, wherein    -   (a) R¹⁰ and R¹¹ both represent —H and R¹² and R¹³ together        represent a group selected from ═O, ═CF₂, ═N—O-alkyl, and ═N—OH,        or    -   (b) R¹⁰ and R¹¹ both represent —H, and R¹² and R¹³ both        individually represent —F, or    -   (c) R¹⁰, R¹¹ and R¹³ all represent —H, and R¹² is selected from        —OH, —CN, —F, —CF₃, and —CF₂H, or    -   (d) R¹⁰ represents —H, R¹¹ together with R¹³ forms a bond, and        R¹² is selected from —CN, —F, —CF₃, and —CF₂H; or    -   (e) R¹⁰ represents —H, R¹¹ represents —CHO, and R¹² and R¹³        together represent ═O;        or, the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the        carbon atoms, to which R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ are attached, form        a heterocyclic 5- or 6-membered ring, which is partly        unsaturated or aromatic, which contains one, two or three        heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, the number of        N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atoms each        being 0, 1 or 2, wherein one heteroatom is directly attached to        the C17 C-atom of the steroidal core; and which ring is        optionally substituted with an alkyl group;        R¹⁴ represents an alkyl, alkoxy, or alkoxy-alkyl group, or under        the proviso that at least    -   (i) R¹ represents —SO₂—NR³R³′, —CO—NR³R³′, —PO(OR¹⁶)—R³,        —PS(OR¹⁶)—R³, —PO(OR¹⁶)—OR³, —SO₂—R³, or —SO₂—OR³; or    -   (ii) R¹⁰ or R¹¹ is different from —H, or    -   (iii) R¹⁰, R¹¹ and R¹³ all represent —H, and R¹² does not        represent —OH, or    -   (iv) R¹² and R¹³ together do not represent ═O,

then R¹⁴ may represent —H; and

n represents 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, wherein, if X represents —NH— or—O—, then n is different from 0,

and all stereoisomers, pharmacologically acceptable salts and prodrugsthereof.

Accordingly, the present inventions relates to a compound of the generalformula I, wherein —X-A-Y— together represent a group selected from

-   -   (a) —CO—NR⁴—,    -   (b) —CO—O—,    -   (c) —CO—,    -   (d) —CO—NH—NR⁴—,    -   (e) —NH—CO—NR⁴—, preferably —NH—CO—NH—,    -   (f) —NH—CO—O—,    -   (g) —NH—CO—,    -   (h) —NH—CO—NH—SO₂—,    -   (i) —NH—SO₂—NR⁴—, preferably —NH—SO₂—NH—,    -   (j) —NH—SO₂—O—,    -   (k) —NH—SO₂    -   (l) —O—CO—NR⁴—, preferably —O—CO—NH—,    -   (m) —O—CO—,    -   (n) —O—CO—NH—SO₂—NR⁴—, and    -   (o)—O—;        n represents 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, or, if —X-A-Y— represents        —CO—NR⁴—, —CO—O—, —CO—, or —CO—NH—NR⁴—, then n may also        represent 0;        R¹ is selected from:    -   (a) —H,    -   (b) —(C₁-C₆)alkyl, which is optionally substituted with halogen,        nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, or —COOR⁶; the number of said substituents        being up to three for halogen, and up to two for any combination        of said halogen, nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, or —COOR⁶ moieties,    -   (c) -phenyl, which is optionally substituted with halogen,        nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —R⁶, or —COOR⁶, the number of said        substituents being up to perhalo for halogen, and up to two for        any combination of said halogen, nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —R⁶ or        —COOR⁶ moieties,    -   (d) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, in which the alkyl portion is        optionally substituted with up to three halogens; and the phenyl        portion is optionally substituted with halogen, nitril, —OR⁶,        —SR⁶, —R⁶ or —COOR⁶, the number of substituents on said phenyl        portion being up to perhalo for halogen, and up to two for any        combination of said halogen, nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —R⁶ or —COOR⁶        moieties,    -   (e) —SO₂—NR³R³′,    -   (f) —CO—NR³R³′,    -   (g) —PO(OR¹⁶)—R³,    -   (h) —PS(OR¹⁶)—R³,    -   (i) —PO(OR¹⁶)—O—R³    -   (j) —SO₂—R³, and    -   (k) —SO₂—O—R³;        wherein        R⁶ represents H, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl or halogenated —(C₁-C₄)alkyl;        R³ and R³′ are independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl and        arylalkyl, or R³ and R³′ form together with the nitrogen atom,        to which R³ and R³′ are attached, a heterocyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-        or 8-membered ring, which is optionally saturated, partly        unsaturated, or aromatic; which optionally contains up to three        additional heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the number of        additional N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S        atoms each being 0, 1 or 2; and        R¹⁶ represents —H, alkyl, or arylalkyl;        R² and R⁴ are independently selected from:    -   (a) —H,    -   (b) optionally substituted alkyl,    -   (c) optionally substituted acyl, under the proviso that —X-A-Y—        represent —CO—NH—NR⁴—,    -   (d) optionally substituted aryl or arylalkyl,    -   (e) optionally substituted heteroaryl or heteroarylalkyl, and    -   (f) optionally substituted cycloheteroalkyl or        cycloheteroalkyl-alkyl, or R² and R⁴ form together with the        nitrogen atom, to which R² and R⁴ are attached, a heterocyclic        4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered ring, which is optionally        saturated, partly unsaturated, or aromatic; which optionally        contains up to three additional heteroatoms selected from N, O        and S, the number of additional N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and        the number of O and S atoms each being 0, 1 or 2; and which ring        is optionally part of a multiple condensed ring-system, wherein        the ring or the ring-system is optionally substituted;        the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbon        atoms, to which they are attached, form a structure    -   which is selected from the group of        or, the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the        carbon atoms, to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic 5-        or 6-membered ring, which is partly unsaturated or aromatic,        which contains one, two or three heteroatoms independently        selected from N, O and S, the number of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or        3 and the number of O and S atoms each being 0, 1 or 2, wherein        one heteroatom is directly attached to the C17 C-atom of the        steroidal core; and which ring is optionally substituted with an        alkyl group;        R¹⁴ represents an alkyl, alkoxy, or alkoxy-alkyl group, or        R¹⁴ may also represent —H, under the proviso that at least    -   (i) R¹ represents —SO₂—NR³R³′, —CO—NR³R³′, —PO(OR¹⁶)—R³,        —PS(OR¹⁶)—R³, —PO(OR¹⁶)—OR³, —SO₂—R³, or —SO₂—OR³; or    -   (ii)        and all pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof.

In one embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound of thegeneral formula I, which is an optically pure 15α enantiomer having theformula (II)

or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof. In a further embodiment,the present invention relates to the 15α enantiomer having formula (II),wherein n represents 1, 2, 3 or 4.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates to a compound ofthe general formula I, which is an optically pure 15β enantiomer havingthe formula (III)

or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof. In a further embodiment,the present invention relates to the 15β enantiomer having formula(III), wherein n represents 2, 3, 4, or 5.One embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds of formulaI, whereinR¹ is selected from:

-   -   (a) —SO₂—NR³R³′,    -   (b) —CO—NR³R³′,    -   (c) —PO(OR¹⁶)—R³,    -   (d) —PS(OR¹⁶)—R³,    -   (e) —PO(OR¹⁶)—O—R³,    -   (f) —SO₂—R³; and    -   (g) —SO₂—O—R³;        wherein        R³ and R³′ are independently selected from H, alkyl, aryl and        arylalkyl, or R³ and R³′ form together with the nitrogen atom,        to which R³ and R³′ are attached, a heterocyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-        or 8-membered ring, which is optionally saturated, partly        unsaturated, or aromatic; which optionally contains up to three        additional heteroatoms selected from N, O or S, the number of        additional N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S        atoms each being 0, 1 or 2; and R¹⁶ represents —H, alkyl, or        arylalkyl.

In a preferred subgroup of this embodiment, R¹⁰ and R¹¹ both represent—H and R¹² and R¹³ together represent ═O; and/or R¹⁴ represents —H,—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₈)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl.

In this embodiment, R³ and R³′ are preferably independently selectedfrom —H, —(C₁-C₈)alkyl, phenyl and —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, or R³ and R³′together with the nitrogen atom, to which R³ and R³′ are attached, forma heterocyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered ring, which is selected fromthe group consisting of

andR¹⁶ represents —H, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, preferably—H.

Particularly preferred compounds are those, wherein R¹ is selected from—SO₂—NR³R³′, —CO—NR³R³′, —PO(OR¹⁶)—R³, and —SO₂—R³; preferably—SO₂—NR³R³′, wherein R³ and R³′ together with the nitrogen atom, towhich R³ and R³′ are attached, form a heterocyclic ring selected frommorpholine, thiomorpholine and piperazyl, and even more preferred—SO₂—NH₂. Preferably, those compounds carry a substituent R¹⁴representing —H.

One embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds of formulaI, wherein R¹⁴ represents an alkyl, alkoxy, or alkoxy-alkyl group.

In a further embodiment, the invention relates compounds of the generalformula I, wherein

R¹ represents —H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl;

-   -   R¹⁰ and R¹¹ both represent —H and R¹² and R¹³ together represent        ═O; and    -   R¹⁴ represents —(C₁-C₈)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, or        —(C₁-C₈)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl.

In this context, mostly preferred are compounds of the general formulaI, wherein R¹⁴ represents —(C₁-C₄)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably ethyl, propyl, methoxyethyl,methoxy, ethoxy or methoxyethoxy, and R¹ is independently selected from—H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably methyl, and phenyl(C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferablybenzyl, most preferred —H.

A further preferred embodiment of the present invention relates tocompounds of the general formula I, wherein the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹,R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbon atoms, to which they are attached,form a structure

-   -   which is selected from the group of

In a subgroup of this embodiment, additionally R¹⁴ represents —H,—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₈)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, and R¹represents —H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl;

In this context preferred compounds are those, wherein the substituentsR¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbon atoms, to which they areattached, form a structure

which is selected from the group of

Preferably, those compounds carry substituents R¹ and R¹⁴ which are eachindividually —H.

In an additional embodiment of the present invention, compounds of thegeneral formula I are disclosed, wherein

the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbon atoms,to which R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ are attached, form a heterocyclic 5- or6-membered ring, which is partly unsaturated or aromatic, which containsone, two or three heteroatoms independently selected from N, O or S, thenumber of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atomseach being 0, 1 or 2, wherein one heteroatom is directly attached to theC17 C-atom of the steroidal core; and which ring is optionallysubstituted with an alkyl group; and

In a subgroup of this embodiment, additionally R¹ represents —H,(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, and R¹⁴ represents —H,—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₈)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl.

In this context, the present invention preferably relates to compounds,wherein the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbonatoms, to which R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ are attached, form a heterocyclic5- or 6-membered ring to provide a compound of one of the followingformulas

wherein R¹⁵ represents —H or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl. Preferably, those compoundscarry substituents R¹ and R¹⁴ each individually representing —H.

One embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds of formulaI, wherein

R¹ is selected from:

-   -   (a) —H,    -   (b) —(C₁-C₆)alkyl,    -   (c) -phenyl,    -   (d) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl,    -   (e) —SO₂—NR³R³′,    -   (f) —CO—NR³R³′,    -   (g) —PO(OH)—R³,    -   (h) —PS(OH)—R³,    -   (i) —PO(OH)—O—R³    -   (j) —SO₂—R³, and    -   (k) —SO₂—O—R³;        wherein        R⁶ represents H, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl or halogenated —(C₁-C₄)alkyl;        R³ and R³′ are independently selected from —H, —(C₁-C₈)alkyl,        phenyl and —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, or R³ and R³′ together with the        nitrogen atom, to which R³ and R³′ are attached, form a        heterocyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered ring, which is        selected from the group consisting of    -   even more preferred selected from morpholine, thiomorpholine and        piperazyl,        the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbon        atoms, to which they are attached, form a structure    -   which is selected from the group of        or, the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the        carbon atoms, to which R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ are attached, form        a heterocyclic 5- or 6-membered ring to provide a compound of        one of the following formulas    -   wherein R¹⁵ represents —H or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl; and        R¹⁴ represents —(C₁-C₄)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or        —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or R¹⁴ may also represent —H,        under the proviso that at least    -   (i) R¹ represents —SO₂—NR³R³′, —CO—NR³R³′, —PO(OH)—R³,        —PS(OH)—R³, —PO(OH)—OR³, —SO₂—R³, or —SO₂—OR³; or    -   (ii)

A further embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds ofthe formula (I), whereinR¹ represents —H or —SO₂—NH₂, the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³together with the carbon atoms, to which they are attached, form astructure

-   -   which is selected from the group of

and

R¹⁴ represents —H, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl.

R¹⁴ in particular may represent —H, when at least

-   -   (i) R¹ represents —SO₂—NH₂, or    -   (ii)

A preferred embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds offormula I, wherein

R² and R⁴ are independently selected from:

-   -   (a) —H, wherein if —X-A-Y— together represents —CO—O— or —CO—,        then R² is different from —H,    -   (b) —(C₁-C₁₂)alkyl, optionally substituted with up to five        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        halogen, hydroxyl, thiol, nitrile, alkoxy, aryloxy,        arylalkyloxy, amino, amido, alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio,        sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, acyl, carboxyl, acylamino,        -   aryl, which aryl is optionally substituted with up to three            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol, nitrile,            sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, carboxyl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio, amino, amido,            acyl, acylamino and heteroaryl; or which aryl is optionally            substituted by two groups which are attached to adjacent            carbon atoms and are combined into a saturated or partly            unsaturated cyclic 5, 6, 7, or 8-membered ring system,            optionally containing up to three heteroatoms selected from            N, O and S, the number of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the            number of O and S atoms each being being 0, 1 or 2;        -   heteroaryl, which heteroaryl is optionally substituted with            up to three substituents independently selected from the            group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol, nitrile,            sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, carboxyl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio, amino, amido,            acyl, acylamino, aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl and aryl;            -   whereby each aryl group is optionally substituted with                up to three substituents independently selected from the                group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,                (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl and halogenated                (C₁-C₆)alkoxy; and        -   cycloheteroalkyl, which cycloheteroalkyl group is optionally            substituted with up to three substituents independently            selected from the group consisting of oxo, (C₁-C₈)-alkyl,            aryl, aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol, nitrile, sulfamoyl,            sulfonamide, carboxyl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio, amino, amido,            acyl, and acylamino,            -   whereby each aryl group is optionally substituted with                up to three substituents independently selected from the                group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl,                (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, and                halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy);    -   (c) acyl —(C═O)—R′, wherein R¹ represents hydrogen,        (C₁-C₄)alkyl, aryl, or aryl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or        heteroaryl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl;        -   which aryl or aryl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl is optionally substituted in            the aryl, preferably phenyl, moiety with up to three            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy,            (C₁-C₄)-alkyl or halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkyl;    -   (d) aryl,        -   which aryl is optionally substituted with up to three            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol, nitrile, nitro,            sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, carboxyl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio,            arylthio, arylalkylthio, amino, amido, acyl, acylamino and            heteroaryl; or        -   which aryl is optionally substituted by two groups which are            attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined into a            saturated or partly unsaturated cyclic 5, 6, 7, or            8-membered ring system, optionally containing up to three            heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the number of N atoms            being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atoms each            being 0, 1 or 2;    -   (e) heteroaryl,        -   which heteroaryl is optionally substituted with up to three            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol, nitrile,            sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, arylsulfoxy, carboxyl, aryloxy,            arylalkyloxy, (C₁-C₆)alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl,            (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio, amino, amido,            acyl, acylamino, aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl and aryl,            -   whereby each aryl group is optionally substituted with                up to three substituents independently selected from the                group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,                (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl and halogenated                (C₁-C₆)alkoxy; or    -   (f) cycloheteroalkyl,        -   which cycloheteroalkyl is optionally substituted with up to            three substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of oxo, (C₁-C₁₄)-alkyl, aryl, aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl,            hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol,            nitrile, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, carboxyl, aryloxy,            arylalkyloxy, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio,            amino, amido, acyl, and acylamino,            -   whereby each aryl group is optionally further                substituted with up to three substituents independently                selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,                (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated                (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, and halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy;                or wherein, R² and R⁴ form together with the nitrogen                atom, to which R² and R⁴ are attached, a heterocyclic                4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered ring, which is optionally                saturated or partly unsaturated; which optionally                contains up to three additional heteroatoms selected                from N, O and S, the number of additional N atoms being                0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atoms each being                0, 1 or 2; and which ring is optionally part of a                multiple condensed ring-system,    -   wherein the ring or the ring-system is optionally substituted    -   (i) with up to three substituents independently selected from        the group consisting of (C₁-C₈)-alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl,        carboxyl, thiol, nitrile, (C₁-C₆)-alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl,        aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, amino, amido, alkylthio, arylthio,        arylalkylthio, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, aryl, aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl,        heteroaryl, and cycloheteroalkyl,        -   wherein the (C₁-C₈)-alkyl group is optionally substituted            with up to three substituents independently selected among            hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, or halogenated            (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy,            -   whereby the alkyl-chain of the (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy moiety is                optionally substituted with hydroxyl;        -   wherein the aryl group or aryl moiety is optionally            substituted with up to three substituents independently            selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,            (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl,            halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy and carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, or            wherein the aryl moiety is optionally substituted by two            groups which are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are            combined into a saturated or partly unsaturated cyclic 5, 6,            7, or 8 membered ring system, optionally containing up to            three heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the number of N            atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atoms            each being 0, 1 or 2;        -   wherein the heteroaryl group is optionally substituted with            up to three substituents independently selected from the            group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl,            (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy) and carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl;        -   wherein the cycloheteroalkyl is optionally substituted with            up to three substituents independently selected from the            group consisting of oxo, (C₁-C₈)-alkyl, aryl,            aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, and carboxyl,            -   whereby each aryl group is optionally further                substituted with up to three substituents independently                selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,                (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated                (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, and halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy); or    -   (ii) by two groups which are attached to the same carbon atom        and are combined into a saturated or partly unsaturated cyclic        4, 5, 6, 7, or 8-membered ring system, optionally containing up        to three heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the number of N        atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atoms each        being 0, 1 or 2,        -   whereby the cyclic ring system is optionally substituted by            up to two substituents independently selected from oxo,            (C₁-C₆)-alkyl, aryl and aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl;            and wherein n represents    -   (a) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, if —X-A-Y— together represent        —NH—CO—NH—, —NH—CO—O—, —NH—CO—, —NH—CO—NH—SO₂—, —NH—SO₂—NH—,        —NH—SO₂—O—, —NH—SO₂—, —O—CO—NH—, —O—CO—, —O—CO—NH—SO₂—NR⁴—, or        —O—, or    -   (b) 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, if —X-A-Y— together represent —CO—NR⁴—,        —CO—O—, —CO—, or —CO—NH—NR⁴—.

In one preferred embodiment of the present invention, the residues R²and R⁴ in the compounds of the general formula I may independentlyrepresent —H, wherein, if —X-A-Y— together represents —CO—O— or —CO—,then R² is different from —H.

In a further embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds offormula I, wherein

R² and R⁴ are independently selected from:

-   -   (a) —(C₁-C₁₂)alkyl, optionally substituted with up to five        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        halogen, hydroxyl, nitrile, —O—R⁷; —O—Ar¹, —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹,        alkylamino, alkylamido, —S—R⁷, —S—Ar¹, —S—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹,        —(C═O)—OR⁸, aryl, heteroaryl, and cycloheteroalkyl,        -   wherein the aryl is optionally substituted with up to three            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, —(C₁-C₆)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸, nitrile, sulfamoyl,            —(C═O)—OR⁸, —O—Ar¹, —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio,            —S—Ar¹, —S—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, alkylamino, and alkylamido; or            wherein the aryl is optionally substituted by two groups            which are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined            into a saturated cyclic 5 or 6 membered ring system,            optionally containing up to three heteroatoms selected from            N or O, the number of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or -3 and the            number of O atoms each being 0, 1, or 2;        -   wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with up to            three substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            (C₁-C₆)-alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, —(C₁-C₆)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸, nitrile, sulfamoyl,            —(C═O)—OR⁸, —O—Ar¹, —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, (C₁-C₆)-alkylthio,            —S—Ar¹, —S—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, alkylamino, alkylamido,            —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹ and Ar¹; and        -   wherein the cycloheteroalkyl group is optionally substituted            with up to three substituents independently selected from            the group consisting of oxo, (C₁-C₈)-alkyl, Ar¹,            —(C₁-C₄)-alkyl-Ar¹, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            —(C₁-C₆)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸, nitrile, —(C═O)—OR⁸, —O—Ar¹,            —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, —S—Ar¹,            —S—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, alkylamino and alkylamido;    -   (b) aryl,        -   which aryl is optionally substituted with up to three            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, —(C₁-C₆)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸, nitro, nitrile,            sulfamoyl, —(C═O)—OR⁸, —(C═O)—R⁸, —O—Ar¹,            —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, (C₁-C₆)-alkylthio, —S—Ar¹,            —S—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, (C₁-C₆)alkylsulfonyl, —SO₂—Ar¹,            alkylamino, alkylamide, —NH—CO—R⁸, Ar¹ and heteroaryl; or        -   which aryl is optionally substituted by two groups which are            attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined into a            saturated cyclic 5 or 6 membered ring system, optionally            containing up to three heteroatoms selected from N and O,            the number of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O            atoms being 0, 1 or 2;    -   (c) heteroaryl,        -   which heteroaryl is optionally substituted with up to three            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, —(C₁-C₆)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸, nitrile, sulfamoyl,            —(C═O)—OR⁸, —O—Ar¹, —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio,            —S—Ar¹, —S—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, (C₁-C₆)alkylsulfonyl, —SO₂—Ar¹,            alkylamino, alkylamido, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹ and Ar¹; or    -   (d) cycloheteroalkyl,        -   which cycloheteroalkyl group is optionally substituted with            up to three substituents independently selected from the            group consisting of oxo, (C₁-C₈)-alkyl, Ar¹,            —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,            —(C₁-C₆)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸, nitrile, —(C═O)—OR⁸, —O—Ar¹,            —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, —S—Ar¹,            —S—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar¹, alkylamino and alkylamido;            wherein            R⁷ represents (C₁-C₆)alkyl, optionally substituted with up            to three hydroxy groups in the alkyl chain or halogenated            (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            R⁸ represents hydrogen, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, phenyl, or            (C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, wherein the phenyl-moiety is optionally            substituted with up to three substituents independently            selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,            (C₁-C₄)alkoxy, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkyl and            halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkoxy; and            Ar¹ represents phenyl or naphthyl, which are optionally            substituted with up to three substituents independently            selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,            (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or            halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy;            or wherein the ring or ringsystem formed by R² and R⁴            together with the nitrogen atom, to which R² and R⁴ are            attached, is selected from the group consisting of    -   wherein the ring or the ring-system is optionally substituted    -   (i) with up to three substituents independently selected from        the group consisting of (C₁-C₈)-alkyl, oxo, hydroxyl,        (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, —(C₁-C₆)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸′, nitrile, —(C═O)—OR⁸′,        —O—Ar², —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar², (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, alkylamino,        alkylamido, aryl, aryl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl, heteroaryl, and        cycloheteroalkyl,        -   wherein the aryl and aryl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl group are optionally            substituted in the aryl moiety with up to three substituents            independently selected from the group consisting of            hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy,            halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy and            carboxyl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or wherein the aryl moiety is            optionally substituted by two groups which are attached to            adjacent carbon atoms and are combined into a saturated or            partly unsaturated cyclic 5, 6, 7, or 8 membered ring            system, optionally containing up to three heteroatoms            selected from N, O and S, the number of N atoms being 0, 1,            2 or 3 and the number of O and S atoms each being 0, 1 or 2;            and        -   wherein the (C₁-C₈)-alkyl group is optionally substituted            with up to three substituents independently selected among            hydroxyl, halogen, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy or            (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy,            -   whereby the alkyl-chain of the (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy moiety is                optionally substituted with up to three hydroxyl;        -   wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with up to            three substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl,            (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy) and carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl; and        -   wherein the cycloheteroalkyl is optionally substituted with            up to three substituents independently selected from the            group consisting of oxo, (C₁-C₈)-alkyl, hydroxyl,            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, —(C═O)—OR⁹, and —(C₁-C₆)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁹; or    -   (ii) by two groups which are attached to the same carbon atom        and are combined into a saturated or partly unsaturated cyclic        4, 5, 6, 7, or 8-membered ring system, optionally containing up        to three heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the number of N        atoms being 0, 1, 2 or -3 and the number of O and S atoms each        being 0, 1 or 2,        -   whereby the cyclic ring system is optionally substituted by            up to three substitutents independently selected from oxo,            (C₁-C₆)-alkyl, aryl and aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl.            wherein            Ar² represents phenyl or naphthyl, which are optionally            substituted with up to three substituents independently            selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,            (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or            halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy            R⁹ represents hydrogen, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, phenyl, or            (C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl; whereby the phenyl is optionally            substituted with up to three substituents independently            selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,            (C₁-C₄)alkoxy, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkyl and            halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkoxy.

In a further embodiment of the present invention relates to compounds offormula I, wherein

R² and R⁴ are independently selected from:

-   -   (a) an alkyl group selected from        -   (i) —(C₁-C₈)alkyl, optionally substituted with substituents            independently selected from the group consisting of            hydroxyl, nitrile, —O—R⁷′; —O-phenyl,            —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, alkylamino, alkylamido, preferably            carbamoyl, —S—R⁷′, and —(C═O)—OR⁸′, the number of            substituents on said alkyl portion being up to five for            hydroxyl and one, two or three for any combination of said            other substituents;        -   (ii) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl, optionally substituted with one or two            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of aryl, heteroaryl, and cycloheteroalkyl,            -   wherein the aryl is preferably selected among phenyl,                naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, and                1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-1-yl, more preferably the                aryl is phenyl or naphthyl, and            -   which aryl is optionally substituted with halogen,                hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated                (C₁-C₄)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkoxy, sulfamoyl, or                alkylamide, preferably carbamoyl, the number of                substituents on said aryl portion being up to three for                halogen and one or two for any combination of said other                substituents; or            -   which aryl is optionally substituted by two groups which                are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined                into a saturated cyclic 5 or 6 membered ring system,                optionally containing up to three heteroatoms selected                from N and O, the number of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3                and the number of 0 atoms being 0, 1 or 2, preferably a                [1,3]-dioxol group;            -   wherein the heteroaryl is preferably selected among                pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl,                isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl,                pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl,                benzothiazolyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl,                benzoimidazolyl, benzofuran and benzo[b]thiophene, more                preferably the heteroaryl is thienyl, furyl, imidazolyl,                pyridinyl, indolyl, or benzoimidazolyl, and            -   which heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or                two, preferably one substituent independently selected                from the group consisting of (C₁-C₄)alkoxy, preferably                methoxy, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably methyl, and                halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl;            -   wherein the cycloheteroalkyl group is preferably                selected from the group consisting of pyrrolidinyl,                tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydro-1H-pyrrolyl,                tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, azetidinyl,                thiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl,                thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl,                1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazolyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl,                oxazepanyl and thiazepanyl, preferably the                cycloheteroalkyl group is piperidinyl or morpholinyl;                and            -   which cycloheteroalkyl is optionally substituted with up                to three substituents independently selected from the                group consisting of oxo, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl,                phenyl, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, preferably benzyl,                —(C═O)—O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl, and alkylamino, preferably the                cycloheteroalkyl moiety is not substituted;        -   (iii) -cyclo(C₃-C₈)alkyl, optionally substituted with            hydroxyl;        -   (iv) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-cyclo(C₃-C₈)alkyl, optionally substituted            with hydroxyl;        -   (v) a bicyclic ring system of 6 to 10 carbon atoms selected            from the group consisting of Bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl,            Bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, Bicyclo[3.2.1]octyl,            Bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl, Bicyclo[3.2.2]nonanyl,            Bicyclo[3.3.1]nonanyl, and Bicyclo[3.3.2]decanyl; and        -   (vi) a fused ring system of up to 10 carbon atoms,            preferably adamantyl;    -   (b) aryl,        -   wherein the aryl is preferably selected among phenyl,            naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, and            1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-1-yl, and        -   which aryl is optionally substituted with substituents            independently selected from the group consisting of            hydroxyl; halogen, preferably fluorine or chlorine;            (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, preferably (C₁-C₂)alkoxy; (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            preferably (C₁-C₄)alkyl; halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl,            preferably halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkyl, more preferably            trifluoromethyl; halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, preferably            halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkoxy, more preferably trifluoromethoxy;            —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸′; nitrile, nitro, sulfamoyl,            —(C═O)—R⁸′, —(C═O)—OR⁸′, —NH—(C═O)—R⁸′, —S—R⁸′, —SO₂—R⁸′,            alkylamino, alkylamido, preferably carbamoyl, phenyl, and a            further heteroaryl group, optionally substituted with            (C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably 6-methyl-benzothiazolyl; the number            of substituents on said aryl portion being up to three for            halogen, and one or two for any combination of said other            moieties; or        -   which aryl is optionally substituted by two groups which are            attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined into a            saturated cyclic or 6-membered ring system, optionally            containing up to three heteroatoms selected from N and O,            the number of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O            atoms being 0, 1 or 2, preferably a [1,3]-dioxol group;    -   (c) heteroaryl,        -   wherein the heteroaryl is preferably selected among            pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl,            isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl,            pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, benzothiazolyl,            indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, benzoimidazolyl,            benzofuran and benzo[b]thiophene; more preferably heteroaryl            is furyl, thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, or            benzo[b]thiophene, and        -   which heteroaryl is optionally substituted with up to three,            preferably up to two substituents independently selected            from the group consisting of halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl,            hydroxyl, halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkyl, —(C₁-C₄)alkoxy,            —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸′, —O—Ar¹′, —SO₂—Ar¹′, phenyl,            —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, nitrile, alkylamino, and alkylamido,            preferably carbamoyl; preferably selected from the group            consisting of halogen, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, halogenated            (C₁-C₄)alkyl, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸′, —O—Ar¹′, —SO₂—Ar¹′            and phenyl; or    -   (d) cycloheteroalkyl,        -   wherein the cycloheteroalkyl is preferably selected among            pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydro-1H-pyrrolyl,            tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, azetidinyl,            thiazolidinyl, oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl,            thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, 1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazolyl,            azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl and thiazepanyl; more            preferably cycloheteroalkyl is pyrrolidinyl, morpholinyl,            tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl or azepanyl, and        -   which cycloheteroalkyl is optionally substituted with up to            three, preferably one or two substituents independently            selected from the group consisting of oxo, (C₁-C₄)alkyl,            phenyl, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy, and            —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-(C═O)—OR⁸′; preferably selected from the group            consisting of oxo, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably methyl, and            (C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, preferably benzyl;            wherein            R⁷′ represents (C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably (C₁-C₂)alkyl,            optionally substituted with one or two hydroxyl groups,            R⁸′ represents hydrogen, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably methyl, or            (C₁-C₂)alkyl-phenyl, preferably benzyl; and            Ar¹′ represents phenyl optionally substituted with up to            three halogen atoms;            or wherein the ring or ringsystem formed by R² and R⁴            together with the nitrogen atom, to which R² and R⁴ are            attached, is selected from the group consisting of            wherein the ring or the ring-system is optionally            substituted    -   (i) with up to three substituents independently selected from        the group consisting of        -   (a) hydroxyl,        -   (b) oxo,        -   (c) (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, optionally substituted with up to two            hydroxyl and/or (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy groups, whereby the            alkyl-chain of the (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy moiety may optionally be            further substituted with one or two, preferably one hydroxyl            group;        -   (d) cyclo(C₃-C₈)alkyl;        -   (e) —(C═O)—O—(C₁-C₄)-alkyl;        -   (f) phenyl, optionally substituted with halogen,            (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, preferably methyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, or            halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, preferably halogenated methyl,            the number of said substituents on the phenyl moiety being            up to three for halogen, and one or two for any combination            of said other substituents;        -   (g) phenyl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably benzyl, optionally            substituted in the phenyl group by up three halogen, or            optionally substituted in the phenyl group by two groups            which are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined            into a saturated or partly unsaturated cyclic 5 or            6-membered ring system, optionally containing up to two O            atoms;        -   (h) alkylamide, preferably carbamoyl;        -   (i) heteroaryl, wherein the heteroaryl is preferably            selected from the group consisting of pyridinyl, furyl,            thienyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, indolyl,            quinolinyl, benzoimidazolyl or benzo[b]thiophene, more            preferably the heteroaryl is pyridinyl; and        -   (j) cycloheteroalkyl, wherein the cycloheteroalkyl is            preferably selected from the group consisting of            pyrrolidinyl, 1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazolyl, morpholinyl,            tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl and azepanyl; more preferably            the cycloheteroalkyl group is pyrrolidinyl or            1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazolyl, which cycloheteroalkyl group is            optionally substituted with oxo; or    -   (ii) by two groups which are attached to the same carbon atom        and are combined into a saturated or partly unsaturated cyclic        5, 6, or 7-membered ring system, optionally containing up to        three heteroatoms selected from N and O, the number of N atoms        being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O atoms being 0, 1 or 2,        -   whereby the cyclic ring system may optionally be further            substituted with up to two substituents independently            selected from oxo and phenyl.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of the followingformula XLII

wherein

-   -   Y represents —NR⁴—, —O—, a bond or —NH—NR⁴—,        -   i.e. compounds of formula I, wherein —X-A-Y— together            represent a group selected from        -   (a) —CO—NR⁴—,        -   (b) —CO—O—,        -   (c) —CO—, and        -   (d) —CO—NH—NR⁴—,    -   the preferred meanings of R¹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴ are as        indicated above, and    -   n represents 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5.

In one embodiment, the invention relates to a compound of the followingformula VI

-   -   i.e. a compound of formula I, wherein —X-A-Y— together represent        —CO—NR⁴—, and        wherein the preferred meanings of R¹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴        are as indicated above, and    -   n represents 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, preferably n represents 2, 3        or 4.

In this embodiment, R² preferably represents

-   -   (i) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl, which is optionally substituted with one or        two substituents independently selected from the group        consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy;    -   (ii) —(C₃-C₈)cycloalkyl;    -   (iii) aryl or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-aryl, wherein the aryl is phenyl or        naphthyl,        -   which phenyl is optionally substituted with one or two            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, cyano, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy and            halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkoxy; or        -   which phenyl is optionally substituted by two groups which            are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined into            a saturated cyclic 5 or 6-membered ring system, containing 1            or 2 O atoms; or    -   (iv) heteroaryl or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein the        heteroaryl is furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl,        indolyl, indazolyl, or benzoimidazolyl;        -   which heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or two            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of —(C₁-C₄)alkyl and            —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-(C═O)—O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl;

and R⁴ is independently selected from H or —(C₁-C₄)-alkyl or—(C₁-C₄)-alkyl-phenyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionallysubstituted with one or two (C₁-C₄)alkoxy groups; or

R² and R⁴ form together with the nitrogen atom, to which R² and R⁴ areattached, a ring, which is selected from the group consisting ofmorpholine, piperidine, thiomorpholine and piperazine,

-   -   wherein the ring is optionally substituted with a —(C₁-C₄)alkyl        group.

In this embodiment, R² more preferably represents

-   -   (i) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl, which is optionally substituted with one or        two (C₁-C₄)alkoxy groups;    -   (ii) —(C₃-C₈)cycloalkyl;    -   (iii) phenyl or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl,        -   which phenyl is optionally substituted with one or two            substituents independently selected from hydroxyl, halogen,            cyano and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy; or        -   which phenyl is optionally substituted by two groups which            are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined into            a saturated cyclic 5 or 6-membered ring system, containing 1            or 2 O -atoms; or    -   (iv) heteroaryl or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein the        heteroaryl is thiazolyl, pyridinyl, indolyl, or indazolyl;        -   which heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or two            —(C₁-C₄)alkyl groups;    -   and R⁴ is independently selected from —H, —(C₁-C₄)-alkyl or        —(C₁-C₄)-alkyl-phenyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionally        substituted with one or two (C₁-C₄)alkoxy groups; or    -   R² and R⁴ form together with the nitrogen atom, to which R² and        R⁴ are attached, a ring, which is selected from the group        consisting of morpholine, piperidine, and piperazine,        -   wherein the ring is optionally substituted with a            —(C₁-C₄)alkyl group.

Mostly preferred are compounds according to general formula VI, wherein

R² represents a —(C₁-C₄)alkylphenyl, preferably a benzyl group, or athiazolyl group, optionally substituted with —(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, preferablymethyl, and R⁴ represents —H; or

R² and R⁴ form together with the nitrogen atom, to which R² and R⁴ areattached, a morpholine group, and

n represents 2 or 3.

In a further embodiment the invention relates to a compound of thefollowing formula XL

wherein Y represents —NH—, a bond, or —O—; i.e compounds of formula I,wherein —X-A-Y— together represent —NH—CO—NH—, —NH—CO—O—, or —NH—CO—;the preferred meanings of R¹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴ are asindicated above; and n represents 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, preferably 1, 2, 3or 4.

A further embodiment of the invention relates to a compound of thefollowing formula XVII,

wherein the preferred meanings of R¹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴ are asindicated above; and n preferably represents 1, 2, 3, or 4, even morepreferably 3 or 4.

In this embodiment, R² preferably represents

-   -   (i) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl,    -   (ii) —(C₃-C₈)cycloalkyl,    -   (iii) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-(C₃-C₈)cycloalkyl,    -   (iv) aryl, wherein the aryl is phenyl or naphthyl,        -   which phenyl is optionally substituted with one or two            substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, —CO—O(C₁-C₄)alkyl and            (C₁-C₄)alkoxy; or        -   which phenyl is optionally substituted by two groups which            are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined into            a saturated cyclic 5 or 6-membered ring system, containing 1            or 2 O atoms, or    -   (v) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl.

A further embodiment of the invention relates to a compound of thefollowing formula XXIII,

wherein the preferred meanings of R¹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴ are asindicated above; and n preferably represents 1, 2, 3, or 4.

In this embodiment, R² preferably represents

-   -   (i) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl,    -   (ii) —(C₃-C₈)cycloalkyl,    -   (iii) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-(C₃-C₈)cycloalkyl,    -   (iv) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl, substituted with one or two substituents        independently selected from the group consisting of        —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl and —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl,    -   (v) phenyl,        -   which phenyl is optionally substituted with one, two or            three substituents independently selected from the group            consisting of halogen and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy;    -   (vi) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl; or    -   (vii) adamantly.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates to compounds offormula (I), wherein —X-A-Y— together represent a group selected from—NH—SO₂—NH—, —NH—SO₂—O—, and —NH—SO₂, and n represents 1, 2, 3, or 4.

A further embodiment of the invention relates to a compound of thefollowing formula XXIV,

wherein the preferred meanings of R¹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴ are asindicated above; and n preferably represents 1, 2, 3, or 4.

In this embodiment, R² preferably represents

-   (i) aryl, wherein the aryl is selected among phenyl and naphthyl,    -   which aryl is optionally substituted with one or two        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        halogen, nitro, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy, and —(C₁-C₄)alkyl; or-   (ii) heteroaryl, wherein the heteroaryl is furyl, thienyl, or    thiazolyl, or indolyl,    -   which heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one or two        substituents independently selected from the group consisting of        —SO₂-phenyl and (C₁-C₄)alkyl.

In another embodiment, the present invention relates to compounds offormula (I), wherein —X-A-Y— together represent a group selected from—O—CO—NH—, —O—CO—, and —O—CO—NH—SO₂—NR⁴—, and n represents 1, 2, 3, 4, 5or 6.

A further embodiment of the invention relates to a compound of thefollowing formula XXVI,

wherein the preferred meanings of R¹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴ are asindicated above; and n preferably represents 3, 4, 5 or 6.

In this embodiment, R² preferably represents phenyl or naphthyl,

-   which phenyl is optionally substituted with one or two substituents    independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl,    halogen, nitro, —CO—O(C₁-C₄)alkyl and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy and halogenated    (C₁-C₄)alkyl; or-   which phenyl is optionally substituted by two groups which are    attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined into a saturated    cyclic 5 or 6-membered ring system, containing 1 or 2 O atoms.

A further embodiment of the invention relates to a compound of thefollowing formula XXVIII,

-   wherein the preferred meanings of R¹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴ are    as indicated above; and n preferably represents 3, 4, 5 or 6.

In this embodiment, R² preferably represents

-   -   (i) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl,    -   (ii) —(C₃-C₈)cycloalkyl,    -   (iii) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl,    -   (iv) phenyl, or    -   (v) heteroaryl or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein the        heteroaryl is furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, pyridinyl, indolyl, or        benzoimidazolyl;        and preferably R⁴ is independently selected from H,        —(C₁-C₄)-alkyl and —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl; or        R² and R⁴ may form together with the nitrogen atom, to which R²        and R⁴ are attached, a ring, which is selected from the group        consisting of morpholine, thiomorpholine and piperazyl, and        which is optionally substituted with (C₁-C₄)-alkyl.

A further embodiment of the invention relates to a compound of thefollowing formula XXXI,

wherein the preferred meanings of R¹, R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹², R¹³ and R¹⁴ are asindicated above; and n represents 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, preferably 3 or 4.

Preferred embodiments of the invention relate to the followingcompounds:

-   N-Benzyl-4-(2-ethyl-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide-   N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide-   N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide-   N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide-   2-Ethyl-3-hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one-   3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one-   3-Hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one-   3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one-   4-(2-Ethyl-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-butyramide-   4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-butyramide-   N-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-butyramide-   4-(3-Hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-butyramide-   4-(3-Hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-[2-(7-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-butyramide-   3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-oxo-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyl)-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one-   N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-N-methyl-butyramide-   N-[2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-methyl-butyramide-   4-(3-Hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(1H-indazol-6-yl)-butyramide-   4-(3-Hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-N-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-butyramide-   N-(2,4-Difluoro-benzyl)-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-butyramide-   N-Cyclohexyl-4-(2-ethoxy-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide-   N-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl-4-(2-ethoxy-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide-   4-(2-Ethoxy-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-[2-(7-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-butyramide-   2-Ethoxy-3-hydroxy-15α-(4-oxo-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one-   4-(2-Ethoxy-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-(1H-indazol-6-yl)-butyramide-   N-Cyclohexyl-4-(3-hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide-   N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide-   3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-15α-(4-oxo-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one-   4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-(1H-indazol-6-yl)-butyramide-   4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one-   4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one-   4-(17-Fluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15β-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one-   3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-propionamide-   4-(17-Difluoromethylene-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one-   N-Cyclohexyl-4-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide-   N-Benzyl-4-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide-   4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-(3,4-dihydroxy-benzyl)-butyramide-   4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-[2-(7-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-butyramide-   4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-1-piperidin-1-yl-butan-1-one-   4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-N-methyl-butyramide-   N-Cyclopropyl-3-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-propionamide-   N-Cyclohexyl-3-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-propionamide-   N-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl-3-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-propionamide-   N-Benzyl-3-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-propionamide-   3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-N-(3,4-dihydroxy-benzyl)-propionamide-   3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(3,5-dimethoxy-benzyl)-propionamide-   3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-[2-(7-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-propionamide-   3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-1-piperidin-1-yl-propan-1-one-   3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-N,N-diethyl-propionamide-   3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-N-methyl-propionamide-   3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-[16,17-c]-pyrazole-   3-Sulphamate-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one,-   3-Sulphate-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one,

or a physiologically acceptable salt thereof.

Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the invention aswell as commonly used pro-drugs and active metabolites of thesecompounds are also within the scope of the invention.

Additionally, the invention relates to a compound of the invention foruse as a pharmaceutical formulation.

Furthermore, the invention relates to the use of an effective amount ofa compound of the invention for the treatment or prevention of a steroidhormone dependent disease or disorder in a mammal, in particular ahuman. Preferably the steroid hormone dependent disease or disorder isan estradiol dependent disease or disorder. Alternatively, the steroiddependent disease or disorder is an androgen-dependent disease ordisorder.

In addition, the invention relates to the use of a compound of theinvention for the manufacture of a pharmaceutical formulation for thetreatment or prevention of a steroid hormone dependent disease ordisorder in a mammal, in particular a human. Preferably the steroidhormone dependent disease or disorder is an estradiol dependent diseaseor disorder. Alternatively, the steroid dependent disease or disorder isan androgen-dependent disease or disorder.

In a further embodiment of the invention, the steroid hormone dependentdisease or disorder requires the inhibition of a 17β-HSD enzyme,preferably the human 17β-HSD1 enzyme and/or the inhibition of a STSenzyme, preferably the human STS enzyme. Preferably, the steroid hormonedependent disease or disorder is mediated by the dual action of the17β-HSD1 and the STS enzyme.

Furthermore, the invention also relates to a method of treating a mammalsuch as a human having a condition related to 17β-HSD1 activity and/orSTS activity or which condition can be treated by inhibition of one orboth of said enzymes, comprising administering to the mammal an amountof a compound of this invention, or a salt or a prodrug thereof, whichamount is effective to treat the condition. Administration of compoundsof this invention in combination with other pharmaceuticals used intreatment of the listed conditions is contemplated.

The conditions to be treated include but are not limited to malignantestradiol dependent disease or disorder such as breast cancer, ovariancancer, uterine cancer, endometrial cancer, and endometrial hyperplasia.Preferably, the malignant disease or disorder is characterized by adetectable level of 17β-HSD1 and/or STS expression within a cancertissue sample. A detectable level of 17β-HSD1 and/or STS expressionmeans that a certain level of 17β-HSD1 and/or STS mRNA or of 17β-HSD1and/or STS protein can be detected by conventional molecular biologymethods such as hybridization, PCR reactions, Northern or WesternBlotting etc. An alternative detection method for 17β-HSD1 and/or STSexpression is the measurement of the corresponding enzyme activity.

According to a further aspect of the invention, the estradiol dependentdisease is breast cancer and the mammal is a human post-menopausalfemale.

Furthermore, the conditions to be treated include but are not limited tobenign estradiol dependent diseases or disorders such as endometriosis,uterine fibroids, uterine leiomyoma, adenomyosis, dysmenorrhea,menorrhagia, metrorrhagia, and urinary dysfunction.

In a further embodiment, the invention relates to use of an effectiveamount of a compound of the invention for the treatment or prevention ofone of the aforementioned benign gynaecological diseases or disorders ina mammal whereby the mammal is a human, preferably a female and mostpreferably a pre- or peri-menopausal female.

According to a further aspect of the present invention, the steroidhormone dependent disease or disorder is an androgen-dependent diseaseor disorder. Preferably, said androgen-dependent disease or disorder isselected from the group consisting of acne, seborrhea, androgeneticalopecia, hirsutism, and prostate cancer.

According to a further aspect of the invention, the steroid hormonedependent disease or disorder to be treated is an estrogen- or androgendependent disease or disorder requiring the lowering of the endogeneousestrogen or androgen concentration in a generalized or tissue-specificmanner.

Therefore, further steroid-dependent diseases which may be treated withan effective amount of a compound of the invention are selected from thegroup consisting of prostadynia, benign prostatic hyperplasia, urinarydysfunction, lower urinary tract syndrome, squamous cell carcinoma,rheumatoid arthritis, type I and II diabetes, systemic lupuserythematosus, multiple sclerosis, myastenia gravis, thyroiditis,vasculitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, contactdermatitis, graft versus host disease, eczema, asthma, organ rejectionfollowing transplantation, colon cancer, tissue wounds, skin wrinklesand cataracts.

According to a further embodiment, a compound of the present inventionmay be used for the enhancement of cognitive function, i.e. in thetreatment or prevention of cognitive dysfunctions, such as seniledementia, including Alzheimer's disease, by increasing the DHEAS levelsin the central nervous system.

The disclosed compounds are also useful as diagnostic agents (e.g. indiagnostic kits or for use in clinical laboratories) for screening forthe presence or absence of 17β-HSD1 and/or STS enzyme activity.

Some Advantages

One key advantage of the present invention is that the compounds of thepresent invention can act as selective 17β-HSD1 inhibitors andoptionally additionally as STS inhibitors. Another advantage of thecompounds of the present invention is that they may be potent in vivoand suited for the therapeutic use in mammals, especially humans. Someof the compounds of the present invention may be non-estrogeniccompounds. Here, the term “non-estrogenic” means exhibiting no orsubstantially no estrogenic activity on the estrogen receptor. Anotheradvantage is that some of the compounds may not be capable of beingmetabolised to compounds which display or induce hormonal activity. Someof the compounds of the present invention are also advantageous in thatthey may be orally active.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Definitions:

The following terms are used to describe the present invention and inparticular, to describe various constituents of the chemical compositionuseful in this invention. The terms are defined as follows:

As used herein, the terms “comprising” and “including” are used hereinin their open, non-limiting sense.

The word “compound” shall here be understood to cover any and allisomers (e.g., enantiomers, stereoisomers, diastereomers, rotomers,tautomers) or any mixture of isomers, prodrugs, and any pharmaceuticallyacceptable salt of said compound, unless the formula depicting thecompound explicitly shows a particular stereochemistry.

Where the plural form is used for compounds, salts, and the like, thisis taken to mean also a single compound, salt, or the like.

The term “17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type I” or “17β-HSD1” forshort is used for the enzyme EC 1.1.1.62 and reduces estrone (E1) to thebiologically active estrogen, estradiol (E2).

The term “Steroid Sulphatase” or “STS” for short is used for the enzymeEC 3.1.6.2 and hydrolyses several sulphate steroids, such as estronesulphate, dehydroepiandrosterone sulphate and cholesterol sulphate.

The terms “inhibit” and “inhibition” include the meaning of to reduceand/or eliminate and/or mask and/or prevent a certain enzyme action.

The term “17β-HSD1 inhibitor” as used herein with respect to thecompound of the present invention means a compound that can inhibit17β-HSD1 activity, such as to reduce and/or eliminate and/or mask and/orprevent the action of 17β-HSD1. The 17β-HSD1 inhibitor may act as anreversible or irreversible inhibitor of 17β-HSD1. The ability ofcompounds to inhibit 17β-HSD1 activity can be assessed using cell linesrecombinantly expressing the human 17β-HSD1 enzyme. Details on asuitable Assay Protocol are presented in the Examples section. It is tobe noted that the compound of the present invention may have otherbeneficial properties in addition to or in the alternative to itsability to inhibit 17β-HSD1 activity; in particular a 17β-HSD1 inhibitormay have antagonistic activity towards the nuclear estrogen receptor.

The term “STS inhibitor” as used herein with respect to the compound ofthe present invention means a compound that can inhibit STS activity,such as to reduce and/or eliminate and/or mask and/or prevent the actionof STS. The STS inhibitor may act as an antagonist. The ability ofcompounds to inhibit estrone sulphate activity can be assessed usingeither intact MCF-7 breast cancer cells or placenta microsomes. Inaddition, an animal model may be used. Details on suitable AssayProtocols are presented in following sections. It is to be noted thatother assays could be used to determine STS activity and thus STSinhibition. For example, reference may also be made to the teachings ofinternational patent application WO 99/50453. Preferably, for someapplications, a “STS inhibitor” is further characterized by the featurethat if the sulphamate group were to be substituted by a sulphate groupto form a sulphate derivative, then the sulphate derivative would behydrolysable by an enzyme having steroid sulphatase (EC 3.1.6.2)activity, i.e. when incubated with steroid sulphatase EC 3.1.6.2 at pH7.4 and 37° C. In one preferred embodiment, if the sulphamate group ofthe compound were to be replaced with a sulphate group to form asulphate compound then that sulphate compound would be hydrolysable byan enzyme having steroid sutphatase (EC 3.1.6.2) activity and wouldyield a Km value of less than 200 mM, preferably less than 150 mM,preferably less than 100 mM, preferably less than 75 mM, preferably lessthan 50 mM, when incubated with steroid sulphatase EC 3.1.6.2 at pH 7.4and 37° C. In one preferred embodiment, if the sulphamate group of thecompound were to be replaced with a sulphate group to form a sulphatecompound then that sulphate compound would be hydrolysable by an enzymehaving steroid sutphatase (EC 3.1.6.2) activity and would yield a Kmvalue of less than 200 μM, preferably less than 150 μM, preferably lessthan 100 μM, preferably less than 75 μM, preferably less than 50 μM,when incubated with steroid sulphatase EC 3.1.6.2 at pH 7.4 and 37° C.In a preferred embodiment, the compound of the present invention is nothydrolysable by an enzyme having steroid sulphatase (EC 3.1.6.2)activity. It is to be noted that the compound of the present inventionmay have other beneficial properties in addition to or in thealternative to its ability to inhibit STS activity.

The terms “selective” and “selectivity” as used herein with respect tothe compounds of the present invention means a compound that can inhibit17β-HSD1 and/or STS activity, and shows a higher inhibition value forthese particular targets than with regard to other enzyme targets, inparticular with regard to the 17β-HSD1 enzyme, and that has weak or noaffinity for nuclear receptors, in particular that has weak or noaffinity for the ER. Preferably a compound of the present invention hasat least about a 100fold selectivity to a desired target (e.g. 17β-HSD1or STS), preferably at least about a 150fold selectivity to the desiredtarget, preferably at least about a 200fold selectivity to the desiredtarget, preferably at least about a 250fold selectivity to the desiredtarget, preferably at least about a 300fold selectivity to the desiredtarget, preferably at least about a 350fold selectivity to the desiredtarget.

The term “substituted” means that the specified group or moiety bearsone or more substituents. Where any group may carry multiplesubstituents and a variety of possible substituents is provided, thesubstituents are independently selected and need not be the same. Theterm “unsubstituted” means that the specified group bears nosubstituents. The term “optionally substituted” means that the specifiedgroup is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents.

Any asymmetric carbon atoms may be present in the (R)—, (S)— or(R,S)-configuration preferably in the (R)— or (S)-configuration,whichever is most active, unless the stereochemistry is explicitlydepicted in the corresponding compound formula. Substituents at a doublebond or a ring may be present in cis- (.=Z-) or trans (=E-) form, unlessthe stereochemistry is explicitly depicted in the corresponding compoundformula.

The compounds of formula (I) have a defined stereochemistry within thesteroidal core structure according to the natural configuration forestrogenic steroids such as estradiol:

The stereochemistry within the steroidal core structure is always shownin the corresponding compound formula and should not vary within thescope of the present invention, whereas the stereochemistry at thecarbon atoms in the steroidal core carrying additional side chains andthe stereochemistry of any asymmetric carbon atom within the side chainsthemselves is not fixed. Therefore, the term “compounds of formula (I)”or “compouns of formula (II)” etc also comprises the stereoisomers ofthe depicted compounds, unless a particular stereochemistry isexplicitly shown within the formula. The stereochemistry shown in therespective formula prevails over the general term “stereoisomers”.

The compounds of the formula I contain at least one additional chiralcarbon atom, namely the carbon atom carrying the side chain in the15-position of the steroide structure. The compounds can thus be presentat least in two optically active stereoisomeric forms or as a racemate.The present invention includes both the racemic mixtures and theisomerically pure compounds of the formula I. The position of thesubstituents within the C15 position is characterized by α or β. A C15αderivative according to the present invention is represented by acompound of the following formula (II)

whereas a C15β derivative according to the present invention isrepresented by a compound of the following formula (III)

The compounds of the present invention may contain further asymmetriccenters on the molecule, depending upon the nature of the varioussubstituents. In certain instances, asymmetry may also be present due torestricted rotation about the central bond adjoining the two aromaticrings of the specified compounds. It is intended that all isomers(including enantiomers and diastereomers), either by nature ofasymmetric centers or by restricted rotation as described above, asseparated, pure or partially purified isomers or racemic mixturesthereof, be included within the ambit of the instant invention, unless aparticular stereochemistry is explicitly depicted in the formularepresenting a respective compound.

The term “halogen” refers to fluorine (F, Fluoro-), bromine (Br,Bromo-), chlorine (Cl, Chloro), and iodine (J, Iodo-) atoms.

The terms “dihalogen”, “trihalogen” and “perhalogen” refer to two, threeand four substituents, respectively, each individually selected from thegroup consisting of fluorine, bromine, chlorine, and iodine atoms.

The term “hydroxyl” refers to the group —OH

The term “oxo” refers to the group ═O

The term “carbamoyl” refers to the group —CO—NH₂

The term “thio” refers to the group ═S

The term “thiol” refers to the group —SH

The term “sulfanyl” refers to the group —S—

The term “sulfoxy” or “sulfonyl” refers to the group —SO₂—

The term “sulfamoyl” refers to the group —SO₂—NH₂

The term “nitro” refers to the group —NO₂

The term “nitrile” or “cyano” refers to the group —CN

The term “oxime” refers to the group ═N—O-Alkyl or ═N—OH.

For the purpose of the present invention, the carbon content of varioushydrocarbon containing moieties is indicated by a prefix designating theminimum and maximum number of carbon atoms in the moiety, i.e., theprefix C_(i)-C_(j) defines the number of carbon atoms present from theinteger “i” to the integer “j” inclusive. Thus C₁-C₄-alkyl refers toalkyl of 1-4 carbon atoms, inclusive, or methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyland isomeric forms thereof.

The term “alkyl” stands for a hydrocarbon radical which may be linear,cyclic or branched, with single or multiple branching, whereby the alkylgroup comprises 1 to 12 carbon atoms. In one embodiment, the term“alkyl” stands for a linear or branched (with single or multiplebranching) alkyl chain of 1 to 8 carbon atoms, exemplified by the term(C₁-C₈)alkyl, more preferably of 1 to 6 carbon atoms exemplified by theterm (C₁-C₆)alkyl. The term (C₁-C₈)alkyl is further exemplified by suchgroups as methyl; ethyl; n-propyl; isopropyl; n-butyl; sec-butyl;isobutyl; tert-butyl; n-pentyl; isopentyl; neopentyl; tert-pentyl; 2- or3-methylpentyl; n-hexyl; isohexyl, heptyl, octyl and the like. The alkylor (C₁-C₈)alkyl group may be partially unsaturated, forming such groupsas, for example, vinyl, propenyl (allyl), butenyl, pentenyl, pentinyl,hexenyl, octadienyl, and the like. The term “alkyl” further comprisescycloalkyl groups, preferably cyclo(C₃-C₈)alkyl which refers tocyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl,cyclooctyl and isomeric forms thereof such as methylcyclopropyl; 2- or3-methylcyclobutyl; 2-, or 3-methylcyclopentyl, and the like. Thecycloalkyl group may also be partly unsaturated, forming such groups as,for example, cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclooctadienyl, and the like.Furthermore, the term “alkyl” comprises a cycloalkyl-alkyl groupcomprising 4 to 12 carbon atoms, preferably“—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-cyclo(C₃-C₈)alkyl” which refers to a alkyl group of 1 to4 carbon atoms as described above substituted with a cyclo(C₃-C₈)alkylgroup as described above, forming such groups as for examplecyclopropylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl orcyclohexenylethyl. The term “alkyl” further comprises bicyclic ringsystems of 6 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably Bicyclo[2.1.1]hexyl,Bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, Bicyclo[3.2.1]octyl, Bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl,Bicyclo[3.2.2]nonanyl, Bicyclo[3.3.1]nonanyl, Bicyclo[3.3.2]decanyl; andthe like, preferably Bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, and fused ring systems of upto 10 carbon atoms such as adamantyl and the like.

The alkyl group may optionally be substituted by up to five, morepreferably by up to three substituents independently selected from thegroup consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, optionally substituted aryl,optionally substituted heteroaryl, optionally substitutedcycloheteroalkyl, thiol, nitro, nitrile, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,amino, amido, alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio, sulfamoyl,sulfonamide, acyl, carboxyl, and acylamino, as defined herein. Thesegroups may be attached to any carbon atom of the alkyl moiety.

The alkyl group substituted with up to three independently selected arylpreferably refers to “aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl” or “diaryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl”,wherein the aryl is phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl, indenyl, or1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-1-yl, preferably aryl is phenyl ornaphthyl, forming such groups as for example benzyl, diphenylmethyl,phenethyl, phenylpropyl, diphenylpropyl, phenylbutyl, naphthylmethyl ornaphthylethyl. The alkyl chain may be further substituted as definedabove; for example the alkyl chain may carry an additional hydroxylgroup. Furthermore, the alkyl chain may be partially unsaturated, suchas a vinyl group. The aryl moiety may optionally be substituted asdefined herein.

The alkyl group substituted with up to three independently selectedheteroaryl group preferably refers to “heteroaryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl”,wherein the heteroaryl is pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, imidazolyl,thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl,pyrimidinyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl,benzoimidazolyl, benzofuran, benzo[b]thiophene, preferably heteroaryl isfuryl, indolyl, benzoimidazolyl, pyridinyl, thienyl or imidazolyl,forming such groups as for example benzoimidazolylmethyl,pyridinyl-methyl, thienylmethyl, furylmethyl, indolylethyl,thienylethyl, pyridinylethyl, or imidazolylpropyl. The heteroaryl moietymay optionally be substituted as defined herein.

The alkyl group substituted with up to three independently selectedcycloheteroalkyl groups preferably refers to“cycloheteroalkyl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl”, wherein the cycloheteroalkyl ispyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, tetrahydrothio-phenyl, piperidinyl,morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl, azepanyl, diazepanyl,oxazepanyl or thiazepanyl, preferably cycloheteroalkyl is piperidinyl,pyrrolidinyl, or morpholinyl, forming such groups as for examplemorpholinylethyl, morpholinylpropyl, piperidinylethyl orpyrrolidinylethyl. The cycloheteroalkyl moiety may optionally besubstituted as defined herein.

The term “alkoxy” refers to a group —OR, where R may be alkyl (whereinthe alkyl chain may be optionally further substituted as definedherein). Preferably, the term “alkoxy” refers to —O—(C₁-C₆)alkyl (or(C₁-C₆)alkoxy), with the (C₁-C₆)alkyl group as defined above andoptionally substituted with up to three hydroxyl groups.

The term “aryloxy” refers to a group —OAr, where Ar represents aryl asdefined herein, which is optionally substituted in the aryl group withup to five independently selected substituents as defined herein, inparticular hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy; the number of saidsubstituents being up to five for halogen, and up to three for anycombination of said other substituents. Preferably, aryloxy refers tophenoxy, optionally substituted as defined above.

The term “arylalkyloxy” refers to a group —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar, where Arrepresents aryl, which is optionally substituted in the aryl group withup to five independently selected substituents as defined herein, inparticular hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy; the number of saidsubstituents being up to five for halogen, and up to three for anycombination of said other substituents. Preferably, arylalkyloxy refersto benzyloxy, optionally substituted as defined above.

The term “acyl” refers to a group —(C═O)—R, where R may be hydrogen,optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted aryl oraryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, optionally substituted heteroaryl orheteroaryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, as defined herein. Preferably, the term “acyl”refers to a group —(C═O)—R′, where R′ represents hydrogen, (C₁-C₄)alkyl,phenyl, or phenyl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably benzyl, orheteroaryl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably indolyl-methyl; whereby the phenylmoiety may be optionally substituted with independently selectedsubstituents, especially hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy, (C₁-C₄)-alkylor halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkyl, the number of said substituents being up tofive for halogen, and up to three for any combination of said othersubstituents.

The term “carbonyl” represents a preferred selection of the term “acyl”and refers to the group —CHO.

The term “alkylacyl” represents a preferred selection of the term “acyl”and refers to a group —(C═O)-alkyl, preferably —(C═O)—(C₁-C₄)alkyl.

The term “carboxyl” refers to a group —(C═O)—OR, wherein R may behydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl (preferably substituted withhydroxyl, halogen or (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy), optionally substituted aryl oraryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or optionally substituted heteroaryl orheteroaryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, each as defined herein. Preferably, the term“carboxyl” refers to a group —(C═O)—OR′, where R′ represents hydrogen,(C₁-C₄)alkyl, phenyl, or phenyl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably benzyl; wherebythe phenyl moiety may be optionally substituted with substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,(C₁-C₄)alkoxy, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkyl and halogenated(C₁-C₄)alkoxy, the number of said substituents being up to five forhalogen, and up to three for any combination of said other substituents.

The terms “carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl” and “carboxyl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl” refer togroups —(C₁-C₆)alkyl-(C═O)—OR and —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-(C═O)—OR, respectively,which refer to an alkyl group of 1 to 6 and 1 to 4 carbon atoms,respectively, as described above, substituted with a —(C═O)—OR group asdescribed above. Preferably the carboxyl group refers to —(C═O)—OR′,wherein R′ represents hydrogen, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, phenyl, or(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, preferably benzyl. Preferred examples of suchcarboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl groups include acetic acid methyl ester, aceticacid ethyl ester, propionic acid benzyl ester, propionic acid ethylester, butyric acid methyl ester, and 3-methyl-butyric acid methylester.

The term “amino” refers to the group —NRR′, where R and R′ mayindependently be hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl (preferredsubstituents comprise hydroxyl, halogen or (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy), optionallysubstituted aryl or aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or optionally substitutedheteroaryl or heteroaryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, each as defined herein.

The term “alkylamino” represents a preferred selection of the term“amino” and refers to the group —NRR′, where R and R′ may independentlybe hydrogen or (C₁-C₄)alkyl.

The term “alkylthio” or “alkylsulfanyl” refers to a group —SR, where Rrepresents optionally substituted alkyl (preferred substituents comprisehydroxyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy or halogen), as defined herein; preferably Rrepresents (C₁-C₆)alkyl, in particular (C₁-C₄)alkyl.

The term “arylthio” or “arylsulfanyl” refers to a group —S—Ar, where Arrepresents optionally substituted aryl (preferred substituents comprisehydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy), as defined herein.Preferably, arylthio refers to optionally substituted phenylsulfanyl.

The term “arylalkylthio” or “arylalkylsulfanyl” refers to a group—S—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar, where Ar represents optionally substituted aryl(preferred substituents comprise hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl,(C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or halogenated(C₁-C₄)-alkoxy), as defined herein. Preferably, arylalkylthio refers tooptionally substituted benzylsulfanyl.

The term “alkylsulfonyl” refers to a group —SO₂—R, where R representsoptionally substituted alkyl (preferred substituents comprise hydroxyl,(C₁-C₄)-alkoxy or halogen), as defined herein; preferably R represents(C₁-C₆)alkyl, in particular (C₁-C₄)alkyl.

The term “arylsulfonyl” refers to a group —SO₂—Ar, where Ar representsoptionally substituted aryl (preferred substituents comprise hydroxyl,halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, orhalogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy), as defined herein. Preferably, arylsulfonylrefers to optionally substituted benzenesulfonyl.

The term “arylalkylsulfonyl” refers to a group —SO₂—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-Ar,where Ar represents optionally substituted aryl (preferred substituentscomprise hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy), as defined herein.Preferably, arylalkyl-sulfonyl refers to optionally substitutedbenzylsulfonyl.

The term “amido” refers to the group —(C═O)—NRR′, where R and R′ mayindependently be hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl (preferredsubstituents comprise hydroxyl, halogen or (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy), optionallysubstituted aryl or aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl ((preferred substituents comprisehydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or halogenated (C₁-C₄)— alkoxy), or optionallysubstituted heteroaryl or heteroaryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, as defined herein.

The term “alkylamido” represents a preferred selection of the term“amido” and refers to the group —(C═O)—NRR′, where R and R′ may beindependently selected from hydrogen or (C₁-C₄)alkyl.

The term “acylamino” refers to the group —NR—CO—R′, where R and R′ mayindependently be hydrogen, optionally substituted alkyl (preferredsubstituents comprise hydroxyl, halogen or (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy), optionallysubstituted aryl or aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl (preferred substituents comprisehydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, or halogenated (C₁-C₄)—alkoxy), optionally substitutedheteroaryl or heteroaryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, as defined herein. Preferably,acylamino refers to —NH—CO—(C₁-C₄)-alkyl.

The term “carbonylamino” represents a preferred selection of the term“acylamino” and refers to the group —NR—CO—CH₂—R′, where R and R′ may beindependently selected from hydrogen or (C₁-C₄)alkyl.

The term “sulfonamide” refers to the group —SO₂—NRR′, wherein R and R′may independently be selected from hydrogen or (C₁-C₄)alkyl.

Halogenated alkyl, halogenated alkoxy and halogenated alkylthio aresubstituents in which the alkyl moieties (preferably (C₁-C₆)alkyl, morepreferred (C₁-C₄)alkyl, and most preferred methyl) are substitutedeither partially or in full with halogens, generally with chlorineand/or fluorine. Preferred examples of such substituents aretrifluoromethyl, trifluoromethoxy, trifluoromethylthio, dichloromethyl,pentafluoroethyl, dichloropropyl, fluoromethyl and difluoromethyl.

The term “cycloheteroalkyl” refers to a four- to eight-memberedheterocyclic ring containing at least one heteroatom, such as N, O or S,the number of N atoms being 0-3 and the number of O and S atoms eachbeing 0-1, which system may be saturated, partly unsaturated orhydroaromatic, and which ring can be part of a multiple condensedring-system in which some rings may be aromatic. Examples of suchcycloheteroalkyls include pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuryl,tetrahydrothiophenyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, azetidinyl, thiazolidinyl,oxazolidinyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, piperazinyl,azepanyl, diazepanyl, oxazepanyl, thiazepanyl, dihydro-1H-pyrrolyl,3,6-dihydro-2H-pyridinyl, 1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazolyl and the like.Preferred examples of such cycloheteroalkyl groups are pyrrolidinyl,morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuryl, piperidinyl or azepanyl.

The cycloheteroalkyl group may optionally be substituted by up to threesubstituents, independently selected from the group consisting of oxo,alkyl, optionally substituted aryl or aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, hydroxyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol, nitrile, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, carboxyl,aryloxy or arylalkyloxy, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio or arylalkylthio,amino, amido, acyl, and acylamino, as defined herein. The substituentsof the cycloheteroalkyl groups may be attached to any carbon atom of thecycloheteroalkyl moiety. Substituted cycloheteroalkyl is preferablysubstituted with oxo, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, preferably methyl, phenyl and/orphenyl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl, in particular benzyl.

The terms “aryl” or “Ar” refer to an aromatic carbocyclic groupcomprising 6 to 14, more preferably 6 to 10, carbon atoms and having atleast one aromatic ring or multiple condensed rings in which at leastone ring is aromatic. Preferably, aryl is phenyl, naphthyl, indanyl,indenyl, or 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-naphthalen-1-yl.

The term “heteroaryl” refers to an aromatic carbocyclic group of havinga single 4 to 8 membered ring or multiple condensed rings comprising 6to 14, more preferably 6 to 10, ring atoms and containing at least oneheteroatom, such as N, O or S, within at least one ring, the number of Natoms being 0-3 and the number of O and S atoms each being 0-1; in whichgroup at least one heterocyclic ring is aromatic. Examples of suchgroups include pyrrolyl, thienyl, furyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl,isothiazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl,pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, indolyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl,benzothiazolyl, benzoimidazolyl, 1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazolyl,benzofuran, benzo[b]thiophene and the like. Preferably, heteroaryl isquinolinyl, furyl, benzoimidazolyl, pyridinyl, thienyl, indolyl,benzo[b]thiophene, pyridinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl or thiazolyl.

The aryl and the heteroaryl group may optionally be substituted bysubstituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated(C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, oxo,thiol, nitro, nitrile, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, carboxyl, aryloxy orarylalkyloxy, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio or arylalkylthio,alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, amino, amido, acyl, and acylamino, asdefined herein, the number of said substituents being up to five forhalogen, and up to three for any combination of said other substituents;whereby the aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, arylthio or arylalkylthio group maybe further optionally substituted in the aryl moiety with independentlyselected substituents as defined herein. The heteroaryl group mayfurther be optionally substituted with an aryl group, which may beoptionally substituted in the aryl moiety with independently selectedsubstituents as defined herein. The aryl group may further be optionallysubstituted with a heteroaryl group or a second aryl group.

The aryl may be further substituted by two groups which are attached toadjacent carbon atoms and are combined into a saturated or partlyunsaturated cyclic 5, 6, 7, or 8 membered ring system, optionallycontaining up to three heteroatoms, such as N, O or S, the number of Natoms being 0-3 and the number of O and S atoms each being 0-2.Preferably, the two groups which are attached to adjacent carbon atoms,are combined into a saturated cyclic 5 or 6 membered ring system,optionally containing up to three heteroatoms, such as N or O, thenumber of N atoms being 0-3 and the number of O atoms each being 0-2.This cyclic ring system may optionally be further substituted by an oxogroup. Preferred examples of such a substituted aryl groups arebenzo[1,3]dioxol and 1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol-2-one.

The statement is made that when two side chains are found on a single N,they can be combined, including the N to which they are attached, into aheterocyclic ring of 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8 atoms, which can be saturated,partly unsaturated or aromatic, which can optionally contain up to threeadditional heteroatoms selected from N, O or S, the number of N atomsbeing 0-3 and the number of O and S atoms each being 0-2; and which ringcan be part of a multiple condensed ring-system, in which some rings maybe aromatic. Preferred examples of such heterocyclic ring systems,including the N, to which the respective side chains are attached, are:

The aforementioned heterocyclic ring system can be optionallysubstituted by up to three substituents, which can be attached to anycarbon or nitrogen atom of the heterocyclic ring system. Preferredexamples of substituted heterocyclic ring systems are:

The optional up to three independently selected substituents for theheterocyclic ring system may be chosen among optionally substitutedalkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, oxo, thiol, nitro, nitrile, (C₁-C₆)-alkoxy,aryl, heteroaryl, optionally substituted cycloheteroalkyl, aryloxy,arylalkyloxy, amino, amido, alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio,sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, acyl, carboxyl, and acylamino, as definedherein, whereby all aryl or heteroaryl moieties may be optionallysubstituted with up to five, preferably up to three independentlyselected substituents as defined herein.

Furthermore, the aforementioned heterocyclic ring system may besubstituted by two groups which are attached to the same carbon atom andare combined into a saturated or partly unsaturated cyclic 4, 5, 6, 7,or 8 membered ring system, optionally containing up to threeheteroatoms, such as N, O or S, the number of N atoms being 0-3 and thenumber of O and S atoms each being 0-2. This cyclic ring system mayoptionally be further substituted by up to three substitutentsindependently selected from oxo, (C₁-C₆)-alkyl, aryl, preferably phenyl,and aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, preferably benzyl. Preferred examples of suchsubstituted heterocyclic ring systems are 1,4-dioxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane, 1,3,8-triaza-spiro[4.5]decane,1,3,8-triaza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-one,1-Phenyl-1,3,8-triaza-spiro[4.5]decane, and1-Phenyl-1,3,8-triaza-spiro[4.5]decan-4-one.

The term “sulphamate group” as used herein, refers to a group—O—SO₂NR³R³′, and includes a steroidal ester of sulphamic acid or asteroidal ester of an N-substituted derivative of sulphamic acid, or asalt thereof. If —O—R¹ is a sulphamate group then the compound of thepresent invention is referred to as a sulphamate compound.

The term “carbamate group” as used herein, refers to a group—O—CO—NR³R³′, and includes a steroidal ester of carbamic acid or asteroidal ester of an N-substituted derivative of carbamic acid, or asalt thereof. If —O—R¹ is a carbamate group then the compound of thepresent invention is referred to as a carbamate compound.

The term “phosphonate group” as used herein, refers to a group—O—PO(OR¹⁶)—R³, and includes a steroidal ester of phosphonic acid or asteroidal ester of an O-substituted derivative of phosphonic acid, or asalt thereof. If —O—R¹ is a phosphonate group then the compound of thepresent invention is referred to as a phosphonate compound.

The term “thiophosphonate group” as used herein, refers to a group—O—PS(OR¹⁶)—R³, and includes a steroidal ester of thiophosphonic acid ora steroidal ester of an O-substituted derivative of thiophosphonic acid,or a salt thereof. If —O—R¹ is a thiophosphonate group then the compoundof the present invention is referred to as a thiophosphonate compound.

The term “phosphate group” as used herein, refers to a group—O—PO(OR¹⁶)—OR³, and includes a steroidal ester of phosphoric acid or asteroidal ester of an O-substituted derivative of phosphoric acid, or asalt thereof. If —O—R¹ is a phosphate group then the compound of thepresent invention is referred to as a phosphate compound.

The term “sulphonate group” as used herein, refers to a group —O—SO₂—R³,and includes a steroidal ester of sulphonic acid, or a salt thereof. If—O—R¹ is a sulphonate group then the compound of the present inventionis referred to as a sulphonate compound.

The term “sulphate group” as used herein, refers to a group —O—SO₂—OR³,and includes a steroidal ester of sulphuric acid, or a salt thereof. If—O—R¹ is a sulphate group then the compound of the present invention isreferred to as a sulphate compound.

For all above-mentioned sulphamate-, carbamate-, phosponate-,thiophosphonate-, phosphate-, sulphonate-, and sulphate-groups, thesubstituents R³ and R³′, if present, are independently selected from H,alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl, as defined herein, or form together with thenitrogen atom, to which R³ and R³′ are attached, a heterocyclic 4-, 5-,6-, 7- or 8-membered ring, which is optionally saturated, partlyunsaturated, or aromatic; which optionally contains up to threeadditional heteroatoms selected from N, O or S, the number of additionalN atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atoms each being 0,1 or 2. Preferably, at least one of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H, and even morepreferred, each of R⁹ and R¹⁰ is H. If the substituent R¹⁶ is present inone of the aforementioned groups, then represents —H, alkyl, orarylalky, as defined herein above. Preferably, R¹⁶ represents —H.

The term “prodrug” as used herein, represents derivatives of thecompounds of the invention that are drug precursors which, followingadministration to a patient, release the drug in vivo via a chemical orphysiological process. In particular, pro-drugs are derivatives of thecompounds of the invention in which functional groups carry additionalsubstituents which may be cleaved under physiological conditions in vivoand thereby releasing the active principle of the compound (e.g., apro-drug on being brought to a physiological pH or through an enzymeaction is converted to the desired drug form).

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salts” refers to salt forms thatare pharmacologically acceptable and substantially non-toxic to thesubject being administered the compounds of the invention.Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of compounds of formula I includeconventional and stoichiometrical acid-addition salts or base-additionsalts formed from suitable non-toxic organic or inorganic acids orinorganic bases. Acid addition salts, for example, from compounds offormula I with a basic nitrogen atom are formed preferably with organicor inorganic acids. Suitable inorganic acids are, for example, halogenicacids such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, or phosphoric acid.Suitable organic acids are, for example, carboxylic, phosphonic, orsulfonic acids, for example acetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid,lactic acid, hydroxybutyric acid, malic acid, malenic acid, malonicacid, salicylic acid, fumaric acid, succinic acid, adipic acid, tartaricacid, citric acid, glutaric acid, 2- or 3-glycerophosphoric acid andother mineral and carboxylic acids well known to those skilled in theart. The salts are prepared by contacting the free base forms with asufficient amount of the desired acid to produce a salt in theconventional manner. Compounds containing acidic substituents may alsoform salts with inorganic or organic bases. Examples of suitable basesfor salt formation include, but are not limited to, inorganic bases suchas alkali or alkaline earth-metal (e.g., sodium, potassium, lithium,calcium, or magnesium) hydroxides, and those derived from ammoniumhydroxides (e.g., a quaternary ammonium hydroxide such astetramethylammonium hydroxide). Also contemplated are salts formed withpharmaceutical acceptable amines such as ammonia, alkyl amines,hydroxyalkylamines, N-methylglucamine, benzylamines, piperidines, andpyrrolidines and the like. Certain compounds will be acidic in nature,e.g. those compounds which possess a carboxyl or phenolic hydroxylgroup. Salts of phenols can be made by heating acidic compounds with anyof the above mentioned bases according to procedures well known to thoseskilled in the art.

As used herein, the term “composition” is intended to encompass aproduct comprising the specified ingredients in the specified amounts,as well as any product which results, directly or indirectly, fromcombination of the specified ingredients in the specified amounts.

The phrase “effective amount” as used herein, means an amount of acompound or composition which is sufficient enough to significantly andpositively modify the symptoms and/or conditions to be treated (e.g.,provide a positive clinical response). The effective amount of an activeingredient for use in a pharmaceutical composition will vary with theparticular condition being treated, the severity of the condition, theduration of the treatment, the nature of concurrent therapy, theparticular active ingredient(s) being employed, the particularpharmaceutically acceptable excipient(s)/carrier(s) utilized, and likefactors within the knowledge and expertise of the attending physician.

Administration Forms

The method of the invention is primarily intended for treatment in amammal, preferably in humans and other primates, of steroid hormonedependent diseases or disorders, in particular estradiol dependentdiseases or disorders, wherein the steroid hormone dependent disease ordisorder preferably requires the inhibition of a 17β-HSD enzyme,preferably the 17β-HSD1 enzyme.

The compounds may be administered orally, dermally, parenterally, byinjection, by pulmonal or nasal delivery, or sublingually, rectally orvaginally in dosage unit formulations. The term “administered byinjection” includes intravenous, intraarticular, intramuscular (e.g. bydepot injection where the active compounds are released slowly into theblood from the depot and carried from there to the target organs),intraperitoneal, intradermal, subcutaneous, and intrathecal injections,as well as use of infusion techniques. Dermal administration may includetopical application or transdermal administration. One or more compoundsmay be present in association with one or more non-toxicpharmaceutically acceptable auxiliaries such as excipients, adjuvants(e.g. buffers), carriers, inert solid diluents, suspensing agents,preservatives, fillers, stabilizers, anti-oxidants, food additives,bioavailability enhancers, coating materials, granulating anddisintegrating agents, binding agents etc., and, if desired, otheractive ingredients.

The pharmaceutical composition may be formulated for example asimmediate release, sustained release, pulsatile release, two or morestep release, depot or other kind of release formulations.

The manufacture of the pharmaceutical compositions according to theinvention may be performed according to methods known in the art andwill be explained in further detail below. Commonly known and usedpharmaceutically acceptable auxiliaries as well as further suitablediluents, flavorings, sweetening agents, coloring agents etc. may beused, depending on the intended mode of administration as well asparticular characteristics of the active compound to be used, such assolubility, bioavailability etc. Suitable auxiliaries and furtheringredients may be such as recommended for pharmacy, cosmetics andrelated fields and which preferably are listed in the EuropeanPharmacopoeia, FDA approved or cited in the “GRAS” list (FDA List offood additives that are ‘generally recognized as safe’ (GRAS)).

One mode of application of the compounds of general formula (I) or ofpharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of said compounds isoral application, e.g., by tablets, pills, dragees, hard and soft gelcapsules, granules, pellets, aqueous, lipid, oily or other solutions,emulsions such as oil-in-water emulsions, liposomes, aqueous or oilysuspensions, syrups, elixiers, solid emulsions, solid dispersions ordispersible powders. For the preparation of pharmaceutical compositionsfor oral administration, the compounds suitable for the purposes of thepresent invention as defined above can be admixed with commonly knownand used adjuvants and excipients such as for example, gum arabic,talcum, starch, sugars (such as, e.g., mannitose, methyl cellulose,lactose), gelatine, surface-active agents, magnesium stearate, aqueousor non-aqueous solvents, paraffin derivatives, cross-linking agents,dispersants, emulsifiers, lubricants, conserving agents, flavoringagents (e.g., ethereal oils), solubility enhancers (e.g., benzylbenzoate or benzyl alcohol) or bioavailability enhancers (e.g.Gelucire™). In the pharmaceutical composition, the active ingredientsmay also be dispersed in a microparticle, e.g. a nanoparticulate,composition.

For parenteral administration, the active agents can be dissolved orsuspended in a physiologically acceptable diluent, such as, e.g., water,buffer, oils with or without solubilizers, surface-active agents,dispersants or emulsifiers. As oils for example and without limitation,olive oil, peanut oil, cottonseed oil, soybean oil, castor oil andsesame oil may be used. More generally spoken, for parenteraladministration the active agent can be in the form of an aqueous, lipid,oily or other kind of solution or suspension or even administered in theform of liposomes or nano-suspensions.

Transdermal application can be accomplished by suitable patches, asgenerally known in the art, specifically designed for the transdermaldelivery of active agents, optionally in the presence of specificpermeability enhancers. Furthermore, also emulsions, ointments, pastes,creams or gels may be used for transdermal delivery.

Another suitable mode of administration is via intravaginal devices(e.g. vaginal rings) or intrauterine systems (IUS) containing reservoirsfor controlled release of active agents over extended periods of time.For rectal or vaginal administration of the drug the compounds may alsobe administered in the form of suppositories. These compositions can beprepared by mixing the drug with a suitable non-irritating excipientwhich is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal orvaginal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum or vagina torelease the drug.

Another mode of application is by implantation of a depot implantcomprising an inert carrier material, such as biologically degradablepolymers or synthetic silicones such as e.g. silicone rubber. Suchimplants are designed to release the active agent in a controlled mannerover an extended period of time (e.g., 3 to 5 years).

It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the particularmethod of administration will depend on a variety of factors, all ofwhich are considered routinely when administering therapeutics. It willalso be understood, however, that the actual dosages of the agents ofthis invention for any given patient will depend upon a variety offactors, including, but not limited to the activity of the specificcompound employed, the particular composition formulated, the mode ofadministration, time of administration, route of administration and theparticular site, host, and disease being treated, and furthermore theage of the patient, the body weight of the patient, the general healthof the patient, the gender of the patient, the diet of the patient, rateof excretion, drug combinations, and the severity of the conditionundergoing therapy. It will be further appreciated by one skilled in theart that the optimal course of treatment, i.e., the mode of treatmentand the daily number of doses of a compound of Formula I or apharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof given for a defined number ofdays, can be ascertained by those skilled in the art using conventionaltreatment tests. Optimal dosages for a given set of conditions may beascertained by those skilled in the art using conventionaldosage-determination tests in view of the experimental data for a givencompound. For oral administration, an exemplary daily dose generallyemployed will be from about 0.01 μg/kg to about 100 mg/kg of total bodyweight, whereby courses of treatment may be repeated at appropriate timeintervals. Administration of pro-drugs may be dosed at weight levelsthat are chemically equivalent to the weight levels of the fully activecompounds. The daily dosage for parenteral administration will generallybe from about 0.01 μg/kg to about 100 mg/kg of total body weight. Adaily rectal dosage regimen will generally be from about 0.01 μg/kg toabout 200 mg/kg of total body weight. A daily vaginal dosage regimenwill generally be from about 0.01 μg/kg to about 100 mg/kg of total bodyweight. The daily topical dosage regimen will generally be from about0.1 μg to about 100 mg administered between one to four times daily. Thetransdermal concentration will generally be that required to maintain adaily dose of from 0.01 μg/kg to 100 mg/kg of total body weight.

Abbreviations and Acronyms

As employed herein, the following terms have the indicated meanings.

-   ACN acetonitrile-   Aq aqueous-   Bn benzyl-   BOC tert-butoxycarbonyl-   conc. concentrated-   d day(s)-   DAST N,N-diethylaminosulfur trifluoride-   DCM dichloromethane=CH₂Cl₂-   DHP 3,4-dihydro-[2H]-pyran-   DIBAH Diisobutyl aluminiumhydrid-   DIPEA N,N-diisopropylethylamine-   DME dimethyl ethylene glycol    -   =1,2-dimethoxyethane-   DMF N,N-dimethylformamide-   DMSO dimethylsulfoxide-   E1 estron-   E2 estradiol-   EDCI 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide-   EDCI.HCl 1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride-   ER estrogen receptor-   EtOAc ethyl acetate-   h hour(s)-   HMPA hexamethylphosphoramide-   HOBT 1-Hydroxybenzotriazole Hydrate-   HPLC High Performance Liquid Chromatography-   HSD hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase-   Hünig base N-Ethyldiisopropylamine    -   ═N(iPr)₂Et=EDIPA):-   MeOH methanol-   min minute(s)-   MOM methoxy methyl-   NAD(P) [H] nicotinamide-adenine-dinucleotide (phosphate) [reduced    NAD(P)]-   NMM N-methylmorpholine-   NMO N-methylmorpholine N-oxide-   NMR nuclear magnetic resonance-   PG protection group-   pTosOH para-toluene sulphonic acid-   Rt Retention time-   RT room temperature-   sat saturated-   STS steroid sulphatase-   T3P propylphosphonic acid anhydride-   TBAF Tetrabutylammonium-fluorid-Lösung-   TBDMS tert-butyl dimethyl siloxy-   TBME tert-butyl methyl ether-   TEA triethylamine-   TEOF Triethylorthoformat (CH(OEt)₃)-   THF tetrahydrofuran-   THP tetrahydropyran-   TLC thin-layer chromatography-   TMSCl trimethylsilylchloride/Me₃SiCl-   TPAP tetrapropylammonium perruthenate    Numbering of Compound Formulas and Intermediates

The general structure formulas are typically designated with a number inroman format, followed by α or β indicating the stereochemistry at theC15 atom of the estron core if necessary. If the number of methylengroups attached at the C15 position is specified (i.e. the value of“n”), the roman number is followed by a hyphen and a number indicatingthe amount of methylen groups. Finally, a letter a, b or c is attachedafter the number “n”, indicating the nature of the substituent R¹ at theO-atom in C3 position of the estron core (a=hydrogen, b=methyl, andc=benzyl). The prefix C in front of the number indicates that thecompound may be substituted in C2 by a residue R¹⁴. The prefix D infront of the number that the compound may be substituted in C2 by aresidue R¹⁴ and may be additionally modified within the C16-C17position.

For example, compound IV is the general acid building block:

Therefore, a compound IVβ-3a would represent a derivative of IV with βstereochemistry at C15, three methylen groups and a hydroxy group in C3position, i.e.:

If particular structures of synthesized examples falling under a generalformula are presented, then the designation of the general formula isfollowed by the particular number of this example, i.e. Example No. 652of formula (XXXIIIα-1a)-652

This example 652 is a particular compound of the general formulaXXXIIIα-1a, wherein R² is a 4-fluoro-phenyl residue.

General Preparative Methods

The compounds of the present invention may be prepared by use of knownchemical reactions and procedures. Nevertheless, the following generalpreparative methods are presented to aid the reader in synthesizing the17β-HSD1 and/or STS inhibitors, with specific details provided below inthe experimental section to illustrate working examples.

All variable groups of these methods are as described in the genericdescription if they are not specifically defined below.

It is recognized that compounds of the invention with each claimedoptional functional group may not be prepared by each of thebelow-listed methods. Within the scope of each method, optionalsubstituents may appear on reagents or intermediates which may act asprotecting or otherwise non-participating groups. Utilizing methods wellknown to those skilled in the art, these groups are introduced and/orremoved during the course of the synthetic schemes which provide thecompounds of the present invention.

Flow Diagrams

The synthesis of 3, 15 substituted estrone derivatives bearing a sidechain of the amide, ester, carbonyl, hydrazone, alcohol, ether, urea,carbamate, “retro”-amide, sulfonyl urea, sulfamide, sulfamate,“retro”-sulfonamide, “retro”-carbamate, “retro”-ester orsulfonylcarbamate type in position C15 is extensively described withinthe international application WO 2005/047303, which is herebyincorportated by reference in its entity.

The additional modifications of the steroidal core at positions C2, C3,C16 and or C17, which are disclosed in the present invention, may beintroduced in the following order of general chemical modifications(General Synthesis Scheme). The introduction of the R¹⁴ substituent inC2 position—if present in the final compound—has to take place first,starting from the 17β-estradiol using methods well known in the art(Steps A). In parallel, the C17-OH function is oxidized to thecorresponding keto function. Depending on the desired nature of R¹, asuitable group also functioning as protecting group may be introduced atthis point. Then, the estron derivative of formula (V) is converted intothe central intermediate, the 15,16-unsaturated estrone of formula X(Steps B), which is further derivated in the C15 position byintroduction of the basic side chain (“so called building blocks”).These building blocks are reacted with the appropriate compoundscarrying the R²/R⁴ substitutents to lead to the desired C15 substitutedcompound (Steps C). The obtained educt may be further modified withinthe C16 and C17 position by introducing appropriate substituents R¹⁰,R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ or by introducing a heterocyclic ring structure (StepsD). Finally, if necessary, the protection group in Cl position may beseparated to deliver the C3-OH derivative or may be further substitutedwith an alternative R¹ side chain or may be derivated to thecorresponding sulphamate, phosponate, carbamate, thiophosponate,sulphonate, sulphate or phosphate compounds (Steps E).General Synthesis Scheme:

Step A—Introduction of a R¹⁴ Side Chain in C2 Position of 17β-Estradiolor Estron

The introduction of various side chains in the estron core is known fromthe literature, e.g. Rao et al (2002) describe the synthesis of2-methoxyestradiol, and the synthesis of 2-ethoxy-estradiol wasdisclosed by Verdier-Pinard et al (2000). 2-Ethyl-estron may be preparedfrom estrone by Friedel-Crafts acetylation of estrone-3-O-methyl etherand catalytic hydrogenation, followed by demethylation, which producedthe desired product. Alternatively, the introduction of substituents onthe 2-position may be obtained by using a Fries-rearrangement startingwith estradiol and the reagent (RCO)₂O with R=lower alkyl, as describedby Rao et al. (2002): After acylation, the compounds should be convertedinto the R—CO-substituted derivatives in C2 position. Reduction of theacyl function may be achieved by reduction with Pd/C and H₂ [Gonzalez etal (1982)]. Alternatively, the acetoxy-group in C2-position could beoxidized with PhI(CF₃CO₂)₂ according to [Yoshikawa et al. (2002)]. Thenewly introduced hydroxy group may be further alkylated, followed byreduction of the ketone, resulting in an alkoxy-alkyl substitutedestradiol derivative. An alternative strategy to introduce analkoxy-alkyl group is exemplified for the methoxy-ethyl group: AfterMOM-protection of the 17β-estradiol, the MOM-protected estradiol isiodinated [Mohanakrishnan & Cushman (1999)]. Then, the MOM-group isreplaced with a TBDMS group. Negishi coupling with allylbromide givesthe 2-allyl substituted estrone derivative, which can be oxidised andmethylated (including some protective group manipulations). Furthersynthetic ways to 2-alkyl-substituted estron or estradiol derivativeshave been displayed previously [see e.g. Mohanakrishnan & Cushman(1999); Day et al. (2003); Cushman et al (1995), and Lunn & Farkas(1968)] The synthesis of further estron derivatives with varioussubstituents in 2-position was disclosed by Cushman et al (2002).

During the introduction of the C2 side chain, the 3-hydroxy function ofthe steroidal core is typically protected with a methyl or benzyl group(exemplified by PG). For example, the methyl derivative can be preparedusing MeJ and acetone, whereas the corresponding Benzyl-derivative maybe prepared using Benzylbromid, DIPEA and acetone. Enone intermediateswith other substituents in R¹ (═PG), in particular optionallysubstituted C₁-C₄-alkyl, can be prepared accordingly by using theappropriate optionally substituted C₁-C₄-alkyl-bromide orC₁-C₄-alkyl-iodide.Step B—Synthesis of the 15,16-Unsaturated Estrone of Formula X(Intermediate I)

The ketal of the formula (IX) can be prepared according to Nambara fromthe corresponding 2-substituted estron of formula V [Nambara et al.(1976)] as depicted within the following scheme 1. If not yet protected,the introduction of PG groups in C3 position can be achieved accordingto a procedure described by Labaree (2003).

The C17 keto function of the C2 substituted and protected estronderivative of formula (V) is protected as acetal, followed bybromination. The elimination of the bromide yielded the desired15,16-unsaturated estron. Finally, the ketal derivative is hydrolysed togive the appropriate enone-derivative X.

Alternatively, the enone intermediate of formula X can be prepared fromthe corresponding estrone derivative according to a procedure describedby Poirier et al. (1991).

Step C—Introduction of the Side Chain in C15 Position

The “Step C” modification—the introduction of the side chain in C15position—is carried out in two major steps: In a first step the15,16-unsaturated Estrone of formula X is converted into a so-calledbuilding block carrying an alkyl side chain in C15 position with aterminal amino, carboxy, or alcohol function. The synthesis of someexemplary building blocks is depicted in the Experimental Section“Intermediates”, and was fully disclosed in international patentapplication WO 2005/047303.

The second step of the “Step C” modification—the conversion of thebuilding blocks into the desired derivatives carrying the complete sidechain in C15 position—is exemplified below by using one of the followingsynthetic schemes as shown in Flow Diagrams I to XV.

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a bond, A representsCO, Y represents NH or NR⁴ and n represents an integer from 0 to 5, maybe prepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram Ia.

The free acid (IV) may be converted to the reactive acyl halide, inparticular the acid chloride, by reaction with SOCl₂, COCl₂, PCl₅ orPBr₃ or the like. The amide derivatives C-(VI) may be prepared by a basecatalyzed addition-elimination reaction, where the halogen residue issubstituted with the appropriate amine R²NH₂ or R²NHR⁴ in the presenceof a base, for example DIPEA. Alternatively, especially suited forderivatives with n>2, the amide derivatives may be prepared directlyfrom the free acids by nucleophilic substitution with the appropriateamine. Alternatively, the amide derivatives may be prepared directlyfrom the free acids by nucleophilic substitution with the appropriateamine as shown in Flow Diagram Ib:

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a bond, A representsCO, Y represents O, and n represents an integer from 0 to 5, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram II:

The ester derivatives C-(VII) may be prepared from the free acid (IV) byesterification with the appropriate alcohol R²—OH.

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a bond, A representsCO, Y represents a bond, and n represents an integer from 0 to 5, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram III:

The alcohol (XXXI) may be converted to the corresponding aldehyde(XXXIII) via Dess-Martin Oxidation. Subsequently the aldehyde may beconverted by a nucleophilic addition-elimiation reaction with a Grignardor other organometallic reagent, substituted with the appropriate R²residue to the corresponding secondary alcohol (XXI), which thereaftercan be oxidized again to the desired ketone C-(VIII).

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a bond, A representsCO, Y represents NH—NR⁴ or NH—NH, and n represents an integer from 0 to5, may be prepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram IVa.

The free acid (IV) may be converted to the reactive acyl halide, inparticular the acid chloride, by reaction with SOCl₂, COCl₂, PCl₅ orPBr₃ or the like. The hydrazide derivatives C-(XLI) may be prepared by abase catalysed addition-elimination reaction, where the halogen residueis substituted with the appropriate hydrazine H₂N—NHR² or H₂N—NR²R⁴ inthe presence of a base, for example DIPEA. Alternatively, especiallysuited for derivatives with n>2, the hydrazide derivatives may beprepared directly from the free acids by nucleophilic substitution withthe appropriate hydrazine using e.g. polymer bound carbodiimid, HOBT andDCM, as shown in Flow Diagram IVb:

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a NH, A representsCO, Y represents NH, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram Va:

The urea derivatives of the general formula C-(XVII) may be prepared bythe reaction of the amine building block (XV) with an appropriatelysubstituted Isocyanate (R²—N═C═O). After the addition, the ketalfunction is converted into the keto function. Alternatively, the aminemay be first reacted with carbodiimidazol or triphosghen to form areactive carbamoyl compound, which than can react further with asuitable amine R²R⁴—NH. A further synthesis variant may use theunprotected amine (XXIX) as starting material for the reaction with anappropriately substituted Isocyanate (R²—N═C═O) as shown in Flow DiagramVb

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a —NH—, A representsSO₂, Y represents NH, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram VI

In a first step, the amine building block (XV) may be converted into aprotected, for example Boc-protected, sulfamide compound by a reactionwith the appropriately protected chlorosulfonyl isocyanate. In a secondstep, the protected sulfamide compound is allowed to react with theappropriate Bromo-reagent (R²—Br) to provide the still protected,substituted sulfamide derivative of the formula (XVIII). Afterdeprotection, the desired N-substituted sulfamide derivative of formulaC-(XIX) is obtained.

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a NH, A representsCO, Y represents O, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram VII:

The carbamate derivatives of the general formula C-(XX) may be preparedby the reaction of the amine building block (XV) with an appropriatechloroformic acid ester (R²—O—CO—Cl). After the addition-eliminationreaction, in a second step the ketal function is converted into the ketofunction.

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a NH, A representsSO₂, Y represents O, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram VIII:

The sulfamate derivatives of the general formula C-(XXII) may beprepared by the reaction of the amine building block (XV) with anappropriate chlorosulfonic acid ester (R²—O—SO₂—Cl). After theaddition-elimination reaction, in a second step the ketal function isconverted into the keto function.

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a NH, A representsCO, Y represents a bond, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram IXa:

The “retro”-amide derivatives of the general formula C-(XXIII) may beprepared by the reaction of the amine building block (XV) with anappropriate acid halide, e.g. an acid chloride (R²—CO—Cl). After theaddition-elimination reaction, in a second step the ketal function isconverted into the keto function. Alternatively, the reaction with anappropriate acid halide, e.g. an acid chloride (R²—CO—Cl), can beperformed using the amino-hydrochloride salt of the estrone (XXIX) asstarting material as shown in the following Flow Diagram IXb:

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a NH, A representsSO₂, Y represents a bond, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, maybe prepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram Xa:

The sulfonamide derivatives of the general formula C-(XXIV) may beprepared by the reaction of the amine building block (XV) with anappropriate sulfonic acid halide, e.g. a sulfonic acid chloride(R²—SO₂—Cl). After the addition-elimination reaction, in a second stepthe ketal function is converted into the keto function. Alternatively,the reaction with an appropriate sulfonic acid halide, e.g. sulfonicacid chloride (R²—SO₂—Cl), can be performed using theamino-hydrochloride salt of the estrone (XXIX) as starting material asshown in the following Flow Diagram Xb:

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a NH, A representsCO, Y represents NH—SO₂, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram XI:

The sulfonyl urea derivatives of the general formula C-(XXV) may beprepared by the reaction of the amine building block (XV) with anappropriately substituted sulfonyl isocyanate (R²—SO₂—N═C═O). After theaddition, the ketal function is converted into the keto function.

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents an 0, A representsCO, Y represents NR⁴, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram XII:

The “retro”-carbamate derivatives of the general formula C-(XXVI) may beprepared by the reaction of the estrone alcohol building block (XXXI)with an appropriately substituted isocyanate (R²—N═C═O) and subsequentpurification.

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a O, A represents CO,Y represents a bond, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram XIII:

The “retro”-ester derivatives of the general formula C-(XXVII) may beprepared by the esterification of the estrone alcohol building block(XXXI) with the appropriate carboxylic acid R²—COOH and subsequentpurification.

Certain formula I compounds, in which X represents a O, A represents CO,Y represents NH—SO₂—NR⁴, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, may beprepared by a reaction as shown in Flow Diagram XIV:

The sulfonylcarbamate derivatives of the general formula C-(XXVIII) maybe prepared by a two-step synthesis: In a first step, the estronealcohol building block (XXXI) is converted to thechlorosulfonylcarbamate intermediate by reaction with chlorosulfonylisocyanate. Subsequently, the intermediate is allowed to react with theappropriate primary or secondary amine HNR²R⁴ in in order to give thedesired sulfonylcarbamate derivative.

Certain formula I compounds, in which X-A-Y represents O, and R² isdifferent from H may be prepared by a reaction as shown in Flow DiagramXV:

The ether derivatives of the general formula C-(XXX) may be prepared thereaction of an appropriate Grignard reagent BrMg—(CH₂)_(n)—O—R² (forn=3-6) with the 15,16-unsaturated estrone derivative of formula X.Alternatively, ether derivatives may be prepared by derivatisation ofthe corresponding alcohol of the general formula (XXXI).

The synthesis of certain formula I compounds, in which X-A-Y representsO, R² represents H, and n represents an integer from 1 to 6, accordingto general formula C-(XXXI) is decribed within the section“Intermediates”.

Step D—Modification of the C17-Keto Function or Introduction of aHeterocyclic Ring System in C16-C17

Since the C15-side chain as well as the C2 side chain were alreadyintroduced, it is clear for the skilled artisan, that, where necessary,functional groups in the alcohol D(I)—OH may be protected in knownmanner and the protecting group or groups removed at the end of thereaction.

Step D—1, for compounds when the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³together with the carbon atoms, to which they are attached, form astructure —CR¹³R¹²—CR¹¹R¹⁰—, which is selected from the group of

(a)

-   -   forming a compound of general formula D-(I)—(═CF₂)

(b)

-   -   forming a compound of general formula D-(I)—F₂

(c)

-   -   forming a compound of general formula D-(I)-(c)    -   wherein R¹² represents —F, —CF₃, or —CF₂H; and

(d)

-   -   forming a compound of general formula D-(I)-(d)        or    -   wherein R¹² represents —F, —CF₃, or —CF₂H.

For synthesis of some D-(I) compounds and in order to enable librarysynthesis, it might be necessary that some of the reaction stepsexplained under “STEPS C—the introduction of the C15 side chain” have tobe carried out after having introduced the respective fluoro group. Atypical scenario might be that after optional introduction of the R¹⁴residue in C2 position, the 15,16-unsaturated intermediate (X) isprepared. This is further derivatized to the appropriate acid, alcohol,amid or alkenyl intermediate (“building block”—see section“Intermediates”). Then, the fluoro group is introduced into C17 positionof the steroidal core using a synthesis scheme as described in moredetail below. The so-obtained intermediate is then used for optionalfurther modification of the C15 side chain and introduction of the R²/R⁴substituents. Finally any protection groups in C3 position might becleaved off.

D-(I)-(a): Synthesis of compounds, wherein R¹⁰ and R¹¹ both represent —Hand R¹² and R¹³ together represent ═CF₂

The introduction of a ═CF₂ group in C17 position of the estron core is areaction well known in the art, see e.g. Edwards et al (1990) usingF₂CP(O(Ph)₂ as fluorinating reagent, or by using the Horner reactionwith F₂CP(O)(OEt)₂ as fluorinating reagent Schwarz et al (2001). Inaddition, the reaction can be carried out according to proceduresdescribed within international patent application WO 96/28462.Subsequent deprotection of the C3-hydroxy function may be obtained usingstandard techniques.

D-(I)-(b): Synthesis of compounds, wherein R¹⁰ and R¹¹ both represent —Hand R¹² and R¹³ both individually represent —F

Reaction Scheme:

The difluorination of the C17 atom of the estron core is a reaction wellknown in the art and was already disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,413,321and U.S. Pat. No. 3,347,878. Furthermore, the difluorination of the C17atom of the estron core may be achieved using the DAST(N,N-diethylaminosulfur trifluoride) reagent [Liu et al (1992)].

D-(I)-(c): Synthesis of compounds, wherein R¹⁰, R¹¹ and R¹³ allrepresent —H and R¹² is selected from —F, —CF₃, and —CF₂H

1. R¹² represents —F

The mono-fluorination of the C17 atom of the estron core is a reactionwell known in the art and may be performed according to the disclosureof U.S. Pat. No. 3,275,623.2. R¹² represents —CF₂H

The desired compound of the general formula D-(I)-(c)-CF₂H may beobtained by hydrogenation of the corresponding 17-difluoromethylenesubstituted derivative, the synthesis of which is described above. Ifdesired, the protection group is subsequently removed.3. R¹² represents —CF₃

The introduction of the —CF₃ group in C17 position of the estron coremay be performed according to Wang & Ruan (1994). Then, the double bondin C16, C17 position is introduced by acidic elimination to deliver acompound of general formula D-(I)-(d)-CF₃. The unsaturated derivativemay be converted into the corresponding saturated compound byhydrogenation. If desired, the protection group is subsequently removedto deliberate the 3-hydroxy function.

D-(I)-(d): Synthesis of compounds, wherein R¹⁰ represents —H, R¹¹together with R¹³ forms a bond, and R¹² is selected from —F, —CF₃, and—CF₂H

1. R¹² represents —F

The 17-monofluorinated, 16,17-unsaturated estron derivative may beobtained starting from the corresponding 17-difluorinated compound, thesynthesis of which was explained above, according to the proceduredescribed by Liu et al. (1992). If desired, the protection group can besubsequently removed.2. R¹² represents —CF₂H

The desired compound of the general formula D-(I)-(d)-CF₂H may beobtained by Pd-catalyzed isomerization of the double bond of thecorresponding 17-difluoromethylene substituted derivative, the synthesisof which has been described above. If desired, the protection group canbe subsequently removed.3. R¹² represents —CF₃

The introduction of the —CF₃ group in C17 position of the estron coremay be performed according to Wang & Ruan (1994). Then, the double bondin C16, C17 position is introduced by acidic elimination to deliver the16,17 unsaturated estron derivative of general formula D-(I)-(d)-CF₃. Ifdesired, the protection group is subsequently removed to deliberate the3-hydroxy function.

Step D—2, for compounds when the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³together with the carbon atoms, to which R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ areattached, form a heterocyclic 5- or 6-membered ring, which is partlyunsaturated or aromatic, which contains one, two or three heteroatomsindependently selected from N, O and S, the number of N atoms being 0,1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atoms each being 0, 1 or 2, whereinone heteroatom is directly attached to the C17 C-atom of the steroidalcore; and which ring is optionally substituted with an alkyl group.

The synthesis of estron derivatives carrying an additional heterocyclicring in C16-C17 position of the steroidal core has already beendisclosed within international patent application WO 2004/085457; thesynthesis schemes depicted there can also be applied to theintermediates of the present invention in order to receive the compoundsof the present invention. Some reactions are exemplified in more detailbelow.

Preferably, the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with thecarbon atoms, to which R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ are attached, form aheterocyclic 5- or 6-membered ring to provide a compound of one of thefollowing formulas

wherein R¹⁵ represents —H or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl.

For synthesis of the D-(II) compounds it might be necessary that some ofthe reaction steps explained under “STEPS C—the introduction of the C15side chain” have to be carried out after having introduced theheterocyclic ring system. A typical scenario might be, that afteroptional introduction of the R¹⁴ residue in C2 position, the15,16-unsaturated intermediate (X) is prepared. This is furtherderivatized to the appropriate acid, alcohol, amid or alkenylintermediate (“building block”). Then, the heterocyclic ring system isintroduced including the C16-C17 carbon atoms attached to the D-ringusing a synthesis scheme according to WO 2004/085457 or as describedbelow. The so-obtained intermediate is then used for furthermodification of the C15 side chain and introduction of the R²/R⁴substituents. Finally any protection groups in C3 position might becleaved off.

D-(II)-(a) and D-(II)-(b): Synthesis of Compounds of Formula D-(II)-(a)and D-(II)-(b)

The pyrazole-unit is known in steroid-chemistry and is constructed in 3steps as depicted in the following scheme for D-(II)-(a):

The R* residue may represent the completely introduced C15 side chain—(CH₂)_(n)—X-A-Y—R₂, or may represent an intermediate side chain such as—CH₂—CH═CH₂, or —CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—CH═CH₂ (see also SCHEMES 7B and 7C forintroduction and further modification of this alkenyl side chain).

First a α-hydroxymethylene moiety is introduced with NaOMe (or NaH) andethylformate [Wölfling et al (2003), Oda et al (1989), Schneider et al(1983)]. After methylation with K₂CO₃ and MeI (WO 2004/85457) or MeOHand CeCl₃ [Akanni & Marples (1993)], the ring is closed with theappropriate hydrazine or alkylhydrazine, e.g. methylhydrazine [Xenos &Catsoulacos (1985)]. Alternatively, the methylpyrazine is constructedfrom the methoxy-methylene compound with hydrazine, followed byalkylation with MeI.

D-(II)-(c) and D-(II)-(d): Synthesis of Compounds of Formula D-(II)-(c)and D-(II)-(c)

The introduction of the isooxazole group as attached heterocycle to theD-ring of the steroidal core may be achieved according to the synthesisof the corresponding pyrazole derivative and is constructed in 3 stepsas depicted in the following scheme for D-(II)-(c/d):

The R* residue may represent the completely introduced C15 side chain—(CH₂)_(n)—X-A-Y—R₂, or may represent an intermediate side chain such as—CH₂—CH═CH₂, or —CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—CH═CH₂ (see also SCHEMES 7B and 7C forintroduction and further modification of this alkenyl side chain).

First a α-hydroxymethylene moiety is introduced with NaOMe (or NaH) andethylformate [Wölfling et al (2003), Oda et al (1989), Schneider et al(1983)]. After methylation with K₂CO₃ and MeI (WO 2004/85457 A2) or MeOHand CeCl₃ [Akanni & Marples (1993)], the ring is closed with theappropriate hydroxylamine.

D-(II)-(e): Synthesis of Compounds of Formula D-(II)-(e)

The synthesis of the C15 estrone derivatives with an attached pyridinring to the D-ring of the steroidal core is fully disclosed ininternation patent application WO 2004/085457.

Step E—Modification of the R1 Residue

In case that R1 represents —H, or optionally substituted —(C1-C6)alkyl,phenyl or —(C1-C6)alkylphenyl, then the substituent may already havebeen introduced during synthesis of the Intermediates as explained forR1═H, R1=methyl and R1=benzyl. In case of further modification of the3-OH function to a sulphamate, carbamate, phosphonate, thiophosphonate,sulphonate, phosphate or sulphate group, this may be obtained by one ofthe following reactions:

Sulphamate Compound Preparation

The sulphamate compounds of the present invention may be prepared byreacting the correspondingly substituted estron derivative of thegeneral formula D-(I) with a free 3-OH group with a suitable sulfamoylchloride of the general formula R³R³′NSO₂Cl.

Typical conditions for carrying out the reaction are as follows: Sodiumhydride and a sulfamoyl chloride are added to a stirred solution of thealcohol D(I)—OH in anhydrous dimethyl formamide at 0° C. Subsequently,the reaction is allowed to warm to RT whereupon stirring is continuedfor a further 24 h. The reaction mixture is poured onto a cold saturatedsolution of sodium bicarbonate and the resulting aqueous phase isextracted with DCMe. The combined organic extracts are dried overanhydrous MgSO₄. Filtration followed by solvent evaporation in vacuo andco-evaporated with toluene affords a crude residue which is furtherpurified by flash chromatography.

Alternatively, sulfamoyl chloride (1 mmol) was added to a stirredsolution of the alcohol D(I)—OH (0.5 mmol) in anhydrousN,N-dimethylacetamide (0.75 ml) at 0° C. The mixture was stirred at RTfor 3 h and then poured into cold brine (10 ml). The resulting mixturewas extracted with EtOAc (3×10 ml), the combined organic layers werewashed with brine (10 ml), dried (MgSO₄), and concentrated under reducedpressure. The product was purified by flash chromatography on silicagel.

Where necessary, functional groups in the alcohol D(I)—OH may beprotected in known manner and the protecting group or groups removed atthe end of the reaction. Preferably, the sulphate compounds are preparedaccording to the teachings of Page et a/ (1990).

Carbamate Compound Preparation

The carbamate compounds of the present invention may be prepared byderivatisation of the correspondingly substituted estron derivative ofthe general formula D-(I) with a free 3-OH group.

Typical conditions for carrying out the reaction are as follows: 1 eqEstrone derivative D-(I)—OH, 3 eq N-methyl-morpholine and ⅓ eqTriphosgen were dissolved in DCM and stirred for 30 min at 0° C. Then, 1eq of the desired amine was added and the reaction mixture stirred for12 h at RT. Thereafter the reaction mixture was quenched by adding 1MNaHCO₃. The organic layer was separated and extracted with 1M KHSO₄ and1M NaCl. After drying over Na₂SO₄ the solution was evaporated to drynessand purified by column chromatography. Where necessary, functionalgroups in the alcohol D(I)—OH may be protected in known manner and theprotecting group or groups removed at the end of the reaction.

Sulphonate Compound Preparation

The sulphonate compounds of the present invention may be preparedstarting from the correspondingly substituted estron derivative and bysuitably combining the teachings of Page et a/ (1990) and publishedinternational patent application WO 93/05063.

Phosphonate Compound Preparation

The phosphonate compounds of the present invention may be preparedstarting from the correspondingly substituted estron derivative and bysuitably combining the teachings of Page et a/ (1990) and publishedinternational patent application WO 93/05063.

Thiophosphonate Compound Preparation

The thiophosphonate compounds of the present invention may be preparedstarting from the correspondingly substituted estron derivative and bysuitably combining the teachings of Page et a/ (1990) and publishedinternational patent application WO 93/05063.

Sulphate Compound Preparation

The sulphate compounds of the present invention may be prepared startingfrom the correspondingly substituted estron derivative using knownsulfating reagents, such as complexes of sulfur trioxide with Lewisbases such as trialkylamines (e.g. SO₃*Et₃N), DMF, or pyridine.

Phosphate Compound Preparation

The phosphate compounds of the present invention may be preparedstarting from the correspondingly substituted estron derivative byphosphorylation using e.g. phosphoramidite chemistry or treatment withpyrophosphoric tetrachloride.

Experimental

Examples of preparations of compounds of the invention are provided inthe following detailed synthetic procedures. In the tables of compoundsto follow, the synthesis of each compound is referenced back to theseexemplary preparative steps.

In single compound synthesis as well as in combinatorial synthesis allreactions were stirred magnetically or shaked with an orbital shakerunless otherwise indicated. Sensitive liquids and solutions weretransferred via syringe or cannula, and introduced into reaction vesselsthrough rubber septa, in these cases the reaction were carried out undera positive pressure of dry argon or dry nitrogen. Commercial gradereagents and solvents were used without further purification.

Unless otherwise stated, the term “concentration under reduced pressure”refers to use of a Buchi or Heidolph rotary evaporator (“Rotavapor”) orvaccum centrifuges (“GeneVac” or “Christ alpha RVC”) at approximately 15mm of Hg. All temperatures are reported uncorrected in degrees Celsius(° C.). Unless otherwise indicated, all parts and percentages are byvolume.

Thin-layer chromatography (TLC) was performed on Merck® precoatedglass-backed silica gel or aluminium sheets 60A F-254 250 μm plates.Visualization of plates was effected by one or more of the followingtechniques: (a) ultraviolet illumination (254 nm or 266 nm), (b)exposure to iodine vapor, (c) spraying of the plate with Schlittler'sreagent solution followed by heating, (d) spraying of the plate withanisaldehyde solution followed by heating, and/or (e) spraying of theplate with Rauxz reagent solution followed by heating. Columnchromatography (flash chromatography) was performed using 230-630 meshICN, SiliTech 60A silica gel.

Melting points (mp) were determined using a Reichert Thermovar meltingpoint apparatus or a Mettler DSC822 automated melting point apparatusand are uncorrected.

Fourier transform infrared spectra were obtained using a Perkin Elmerspectrophotometer.

Proton (¹H) nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectra were measured witha Bruker ARX (400 MHz) or Bruker ADVANCE (500 MHz) spectrometer witheither Me₄Si (δ 0.00) or residual protonated solvent (CHCl₃ δ 7.26;CHD₂OD δ 3.30; DMSO-d₅ δ 2.50) as standard. Carbon (¹³C) NMR spectrawere measured with a Bruker ARX (100 MHz) or Bruker ADVANCE (126 MHz)spectrometer with either Me₄Si (δ 0.00) or solvent (CDCl₃ δ 77.05; CD₃ODδ 49.0; DMSO-d₆ δ39.45) as standard.

HPLC electrospray mass spectra (HPLC ES-MS) were obtained using thefollowing method and equipment: Samples were separated by reversed phasehigh pressure liquid chromatography (RP-HPLC) coupled to a quadrupol MS.HPLC was performed at a flow of 1000 μl/min using XterraMS C18 columns(i.d. 4.6 mm, length 50 mm, particle size 2.5 μm) or Phenomenex LunaC18(2) 30*4.6 mm columns. For most samples, a gradient from 0% eluent Bto 95% B was run in 10 min, with eluent A consisting of water, 10 mMammonium-acetate at pH 5+5% acetonitrile and eluent B consisting ofacetonitrile. Two-different setups were used: 1. Waters Alliance 2795coupled to a Waters ZQ MS, a Waters 2996 diode array detector (DAD) andan evaporative light scattering detector (ELSD, μL-ELS1000,PolymerLabs). Ionization: electrospray positive and negative mode ES+/−;or 2. LC200 pump (PE) coupled to an API100 MS (Applied BiosystemsSciex), a variable wavelength detector Waters 2487 set to 225 nm, and anELSD (Sedex 75), ES+. In both setup versions spectra were scanned with ascan range of m/z 100 to 800 or 100 to 900.

Gas chromatography—mass spectra (GC-MS) analyses were performed with anAgilent 6890 gas chromatograph equipped with an DB-5MS column (0.25i.d., length 30 m) and an Agilent 5973 MSD quadrupol detector(ionization with electron impact (EI) at 70 eV; source temperature 230°C.).

Elemental analyses were conducted by a VarioEL elemental analyzer(Elementar Analysensysteme) for determination of C, H, and N.Acetanilide was used for conditioning and calibration.

NMR spectra, LRMS, elemental analyses and HRMS of the compounds wereconsistent with the assigned structures.

Intermediates

Estron Derivatives Substituted in C2 Position of the Steroidal Core ofFormula (V) (Step A)

3-Benzyloxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-2,17β-diol (V—C2-A)

3-Benzyloxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-2,17-diol was prepared starting fromestradiol by introduction of the hydroxy side chain in C2 position asdescribed by Rao et al. (2002) in which a Fries rearrangement and aBaeyer Villiger reaction is used.

Detailed Synthesis Estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-3,17β-diol diacetate (C2-2)

Under an N₂-atmosphere, Ac₂₀ (375 ml, 3.993 mol) was added dropwiseduring 20 min to a solution of estradiol (150 g, 0.551 mol) in pyridine(1500 ml). The clear colourless solution obtained was stirred at RTovernight. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 0° C. and MeOH (375ml) was added dropwise during 25 min. The reaction mixture was stirredat 0° C. for 2 h, then allowed to warm to RT and concentrated in vacuo.The residue was recrystallized from hot MeOH to yield (C2-2) (176 g,90%) as white crystals.

2-Acetyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-3,17β-diol 17-acetate (C2-3)

Under an N₂-atmosphere, ZrCl₄ (530 g, 2.27 mol) was added in one portionto a solution of (C2-2) (176 g, 0.493 mol) in DCM (13 l). The turbidyellow mixture obtained was stirred at RT for 48 h. The reaction mixturewas then cooled to 0° C., ice water (3 l) was added and the mixture wasallowed to warm to RT for overnight. The mixture was washed with H₂O,sat NaHCO₃ (aq), brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated invacuo to yield (C2-3) (167 g, 95%) as a yellow powder.

2-Acetyl-3-benzyloxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol 17-acetate (C2-4)

Under an N₂-atmosphere, K₂CO₃ (97 g, 0.702 mol) was added in one portionto a solution of (C2-3) (167 g, 0.468 mol), benzyl bromide (61.6 ml,0.515 mol) and 18-crown-6 (4.7 g, 0.018 mol) in acetone (1 l). After 108h at T_(intern)=56° C., the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to RT,poured into H₂O, stirred for 1 h after which the turbid mixture wasfiltered over a glass fritted filter. The residue was washed with H₂O,and dried in vacuo to yield (C2-4) (209 g, 100%) as a brown solid.

3-Benzyloxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-2,17β-diol diacetate (C2-5)

Under an N₂-atmosphere, NaH₂PO₄ (354 g, 2.496 mol) was added to asolution of C2-4 (167 g, 0.468 mol) in DCM (7 L). Then m-CPBA (205 g,75% with H₂O, 0.889 mol) was added portionwise during 10 min. The turbidmixture obtained was stirred at RT for overnight. The reaction mixturewas poured into H₂O (9 L) and the mixture obtained was stirred for 1 h.The organic layer was isolated and the aqueous layer was extracted withDCM. The combined organic layers were washed with H₂O, 10% Na₂SO₃ (aq),half-sat. NaHCO₃ (aq), brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, andconcentrated in vacuo to yield C2-5 (247 g, quant.) as a clear yellowpowder.

3-Benzyloxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-2,17β-diol (V—C2-A)

A solution of KOH (250 g, 4.46 mol) in H₂O (5 L) was added in oneportion to a solution of (C2-5) (511 g, 1.181 mol) in THF (5 L) and MeOH(5 L). The mixture obtained was stirred at T_(intern)=65° C. for overnight, after which it was allowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixturewas acidified with conc. HOAc to pH 4 and diluted with H₂O and EtOAc(1:3). The organic layer was isolated and the aqueous layer wasextracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed withbrine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to yield358 g brown solid. The solid was triturated with TBME (2 L) for 2 h,filtered over a glass fritted filter (P2) and the residue was washedwith TBME, then with acetone, and dried in vacuo to yield (C2-A) (256 g)as an off-white solid. The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuoto yield 125 g brown resin. The resin was dissolved in DCM, applied toSiO₂ and eluted with DCM:NH₃ 7N in MeOH=97.5:2.5 to yield 76 g yellowsolid (R_(f)=0.39). The solid was triturated with TBME (250 ml),filtered over a glass fritted filter (P4). The residue was washed withDCM and dried in vacuo to yield (V—C2-A) (15.4 g) as an off-white solid.Total yield: 61%.

3-Benzyloxy-2-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□one (V—C2-B)

3-Benzyloxy-2-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□ one was preparedstarting from (V—C2-A) according to the procedure described by Rao etal. (2002) and within U.S. Pat. No. 6,043,236.

Detailed Synthesis 3-Benzyloxy-2-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol(C2-6)

Under an N₂-atmosphere, LiOH H₂O (16.2 g, 0.386 mol) was added to asolution of (V—C2-A) (118 g, 0.312 mol mol) in THF (1.5 l). After addingMe₂SO₄ (33.1 ml, 0.350 mol) the mixture obtained was stirred at 55° C.for 3 h. The mixture was allowed to cool to RT overnight, concentratedin vacuo, and the residue was dissolved in DCM (1200 ml). The organiclayer was washed with H₂O, brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, andconcentrated in vacuo to yield (C2-6) (115 g, 94%) as an orange resin.

3-Benzyloxy-2-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17one (V—C2-B)

To a mixture of (C2-6) (118 g, 0.301 mol) and TPAP (5.0 g, 0.014 mol) inacetone (2 L) was added portion-wise NMO (52.5 g, 0.448 mol) at suchrate as to keep T_(intern)≦31° C. The mixture obtained was stirred at RTovernight. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo to yield 128 gblack solid. The solid was applied and eluted from SiO₂ with DCM toyield (V—C2-B) (97 g, 83%) as a pale yellow solid (R_(f)=0.78).

3-Benzyloxy-2-ethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□one (V—C2-C)

3-Benzyloxy-2-ethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□one was prepared startingfrom (C2-4) by performing a Wolff-Kishner reduction to obtain the ethylside chain. The oxidation of the C1-7 hydroxyl function was achieved byTPAP oxidation using the procedures of Ley et al (1994). Alternatively,3-Benzyloxy-2-ethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17-one was prepared startingfrom (C2-3) by reduction of the acyl function which was achieved byreaction with Pd/C and H₂ [Gonzalez et al (1982)], subsequentbenzylation of the 3-hydroxy function, deprotection of the C1-7 hydroxyfunction and TPAP oxidation.

Detailed Synthesis 3-Benzyloxy-2-ethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol(C2-7)

To benzyl protected acyl ketone (C2-4) (765 g, 1.71 mol) was addeddiethylene glycol (1900 ml), KOH (288 g, 5.14 mol) and H₂NNH₂*H₂O. Themixture was heated to 120-140° C. overnight. A Dean-Stark trap wasplaced and water and H₂NNH₂*H₂O were removed by distillation by heatingthe reaction mixture to 190° C. After NMR analysis revealed completeconversion, the mixture was cooled to 50° C. and water (3 L) was added.The mixture became very thick and unstirrable. The dissolved part waspoured in a mixture of water (15 L) and EtOAc (5 L) and the sticky oilwas first dissolved in EtOAc (5 L) and then added to the mixture. Thelayers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water andconcentrated to give (C2-7) (543 g, 81%) as an orange/yellow oil whichsolidified upon standing.

3-Benzyloxy-2-ethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□one (V—C2-C)

Alcohol (C2-7) (433 g, 1.39 mol) and powdered 4 Å molsives (695 g, 500mg/mmol) in DCM (2.7 L) were cooled with an ice bath and TPAP (19.5 g,55.6 mmol, 4 mol %) was added. NMO (282 g, 2.09 mol) was added underice/water cooling. After 3 h the reaction mixture was filtered over SiO₂(10 L, DCM) and all fraction before the black fraction (TPAP) werecollected. The DCM was concentrated to give ketone (V—C2-C) (465 g, 86%)as a yellow solid.

3-Benzyloxy-2-ethoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□one (V—C2-D)3-Benzyloxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□one (V—C2-E)

In the first step, the 2-hydroxy function of3-Benzyloxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-2,17β-diol (C2-A) was alkylated usingethylsulfate and LiOH or methoxyethanol under Mitsunobu conditions.Subsequently, the alcohol was oxidated with TPAP and NMO to thecorresponding estron derivative.

Detailed Synthesis 3-Benzyloxy-2-ethoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol(C2-8)

Intermediate (V—C2-A) (15.0 g, 39.68 mmol) was dissolved in THF (250ml), under nitrogen atmosphere. LiOH (2.0 g, 47.62 mmol) and Et₂SO₄ (5.7ml, 43.65 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated at 55° C. for 5 h,then cooled to RT and stirred for 48 h. The mixture was concentrated invacuo. DCM (400 ml) was added and the organic layer was washed withwater (2×250 ml) and brine (1×250 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated in vacuo yielding 21.7 g of a greenish semi-solid. Themixture was dissolved in THF (250 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere. LiOH(0.8 g) and Et₂SO₄ (2.0 ml) were added. The mixture was heated to refluxand refluxed over the weekend. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo.DCM (400 ml) was added and the organic layer was washed with water andbrine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to afford 16.7 g(41.07 mmol, quant.) of brown oil. Pentane was added and the formedsolid was filtered yielding 13.5 g (C2-8) (84%) as a white solid.

3-Benzyloxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol (C2-9)

Intermediate (V—C2-A) (15.0 g, 39.68 mmol), PPh₃ (20.79 g, 79.37 mmol)and methoxyethanol (6.3 ml, 79.37 mmol) were suspended in DCM (500 ml)and cooled in an ice/water bath, under N₂ atmosphere. DIAD (15.6 ml,79.37 mmol) was added drop wise in 1 h at below 5° C. After addition aclear solution was formed which was warmed to RT overnight. The solutionwas concentrated in vacuo yielding 58.8 g thick brown oil. Purificationvia column chromatography (SiO₂, eluens DCM to 1% MeOH in DCM) yielded34 g of thick oil. A second purification via column chromatography wasdone (SiO₂, eluens 10% EtOAc to 50% EtOAc in heptan). Two fractions werecollected, 7.61 g (44%) of pure product and 5.3 g which was purified viacolumn chromatography yielding 3.1 g (18%). Both fractions were mixedyielding 10.8 g (C2-9) (62%) as white powder.

3-Benzyloxy-2-ethoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□one (V—C2-D)

Alcohol (C2-8) (13.5 g, 33.25 mmol) was dissolved in aceton (350 ml),under nitrogen atmosphere. TPAP (0.6 g, 1.663 mmol) was added. NMO (5.8g, 49.88 mmol) was added portion wise. The mixture was stirred at RTovernight. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo yielding 16.3 g of ablack tar. The mixture was filtered over silica with DCM. Filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo yielding 11.8 g (V—C2-D) (29.6 mmol, 89%) asyellow solid.

3-Benzyloxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□one (V—C2-E)

Alcohol (C2-9) (10.8 g, 24.54 mmol) was dissolved in aceton (300 ml),under nitrogen atmosphere. TPAP (0.43 g, 1.23 mmol) was added. NMO (4.31g, 36.81 mmol) was added portion wise. The mixture was stirred at RTovernight. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo yielding 12.5 g of ablack tar. The mixture was filtered over silica with 1% MeOH in DCM.Filtrate was concentrated in vacuo yielding 11.6 g (V—C2-E) (26.8mmol, >100%) as white solid.

3-Benzyloxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-estra-1,3,5 (10)-triene-17□one (V—C2-F)

Building Block V—C2-F was prepared starting from intermediate2-Acetyl-3-benzyloxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol 17-acetate (C2-4).

2-Acetyl-3-benzyloxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol (C2-10)

Compound (C2-4) (119 g, 266 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF (500ml) and MeOH (500 ml) under a N₂ atmosphere. A solution of KOH (60.0 g,1.06 mol) in water (1 L) was added forming a suspension. The reactionmixture was stirred at 75° C. (external) for 16 h. After cooling to RTthe pH of the mixture was adjusted to 4 using acetic acid. Afterdilution with water (1 L) the aqueous layer was separated. The organiclayer was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄, concentrated in vacuo,stripped with toluene and again dried in vacuo yielding compound (C2-10)(70.0 g, 173.0 mmol, 65%) as a yellow syrup, which was used withoutfurther purification.

3-Benzyloxy-2-(2-methoxy-1-oxo-ethyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol(C2-11)

Compound C2-10 (70 g, 173 mmol) was suspended in diethyl ether (2 L) andbromine (18.67 ml, 58.1 g, 363 mmol) slowly dropwise added at 0° C.under N₂ atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 14 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residuesuspended in methanol (2 L). Sodium methoxide (94 g, 173 mmol) was addedand the reaction mixture stirred at RT for 72 h. This was poured intowater (1 L), acidified with conc. aq. HCl and the water layer extractedwith DCM. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na₂SO₄ andconcentrated in vacuo. Via column chromatography (SiO₂, heptane/EtOAc2/1 to 0/100 stepwise) compound C2-11 (14.3 g, 32.9 mmol, 19%) wasisolated.

3-Hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol (C2-12)

Palladium on charcoal (10%, 15 g) was suspended in water (175 ml) undera nitrogen atmosphere and added to a solution of compound C2-11 (14.3 g,32.9 mmol) in THF (175 ml) and t-butanol (175 ml). H₂ at ambientpressure was applied and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 80 h. The reaction mixture was filtered over Celite andthe filter cake was washed with ethanol. The filtrate was concentratedin vacuo yielding crude compound C2-12 (8.3 g, 25.1 mmol, 77%). Afterpurification by column chromatography (SiO₂, heptane/EtOAc=3/1 to 1/2stepwise) pure C2-12 (3.6 g, 10.89 mmol, 33%) was isolated.

3-Benzyloxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol (C2-13)

Compound C2-12 (3.6 g, 10.89 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (30 ml)under N₂ atmosphere. Subsequently, benzylbromide (2.61 ml, 3.73 g, 21.78mol), anhydrous K₂CO₃ (3.01 g, 21.78 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (290 mg, 1.09mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 24 h (65° C.external) and allowed to cool to RT. The mixture was poured into water(150 ml) and stirred for 1 h. The water layer was separated andextracted with toluene. The combined organic layers were washed withbrine, dried over Na₂SO₄ and evaporated in vacuo leaving compound C2-13(4.92 g, max. 10.89 mmol, quant.) as a yellowish solid.

3-Benzyloxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17-one (V—C2-F)

Compound C2-13 (4.92 g, max. 10.89 mmol) was suspended in acetone (75ml) under N₂ atmosphere. Subsequently, tetrapropylammonium perruthenate(TPAP) (191 mg, 0.54 mmol) and N-methylmorpholine N-oxide (NMO) (1.91 g,16.34 mmol) were added. After the reaction mixture had been stirred for80 h at ambient temperature, it was filtered over Celite. The filtratewas concentrate in vacuo yielding compound V—C2-F (3.43 g, 8.19 mmol,70%) as a pale solid after column chromatography (SiO₂,DCM/methanol=100/0 to 95/5 stepwise).

3-Benzyloxy-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□one (V—C2-G)

3-Benzyloxy-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17□one was prepared startingfrom estradiol by introduction of the propionate side chain in C2position as described by Rao et al. (2002) using a Fries rearrangement.Then the keto function is reduced to obtain the propyl side chain byreaction with Pd/C and H₂ [Gonzalez et al (1982)]. The subsequentoxidation of the C17 hydroxyl function was achieved by TPAP oxidationusing the procedures of Ley et al. (1994).

Detailed Synthesis Estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-3,17β-diol di propionic acidester (C2-14)

Estradiol (200 g, 0.734 mol) was dissolved in pyridine (2 l) under N₂atmosphere. Propionic anhydride (344 g, 2.64 mol) was added. Thereaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature until the reactionwas completed. The reaction mixture was cooled on an ice-water bath,quenched with MeOH (250 ml) and stirred at ambient temperature for 1½ h.The mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue was dissolved intoluene. The organic layer was separated, washed with water, 10% aqueouscitric acid, sat. aq. NaHCO₃ and dried over Na₂SO₄. The organic layerwas concentrated in vacuo and the residue was stripped with toluene,yielding compound C2-14 (272 g, 0.708 mol, 96%) as a white solid.

Propionic acid 3-hydroxy-2-propionyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17-yl ester(C2-15)

Compound C2-14 (272 g, 0.708 mol) was dissolved in DCM (10 L) under N₂atmosphere. Zirconium chloride (758 g, 3.25 mol) was added, whichresulted in a yellow suspension. The mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature until the conversion was completed. The reaction mixture wascooled to 3° C. before 200 g ice was added in batches. Water (2 L) wasadded and the mixture was stirred at 4° C. for 1 hr. Then an additionalamount of water (5 L) was added. The aqueous layer was separated andextracted with DCM. The combined organic layers were filtered overNa₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was stripped with tolueneleaving a green residue. The residue was dissolved in DCM and filteredover SiO₂ leaving compound C2-15 (255 g, 0.663 mol, 94%) as an orangesolid.

Propionic acid 3-hydroxy-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17-yl ester(C2-16)

Pd (10%) on charcoal (120 g) was suspended in water (800 ml) under N₂atmosphere. t-Butanol (800 ml) and a solution of compound C2-15 (115 g,0.299 mol) in THF (800 ml) were added. The mixture was applied to H₂(ambient pressure) and stirred at ambient temperature until the reactionwas completed. The mixture was filtered over Celite (2×) and the filtercake was washed with THF. The filtrate was concentrated in vacuoyielding compound C2-16 (107 g, 0.289 mol, 97%) as gray solid.

Propionic acid 3-benzyloxy-2-prop-yl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17-yl ester(C2-17)

Compound C2-16 (238 g, 0.642 mol) was dissolved in acetone (1.5 L) underN₂ atmosphere. Subsequently, benzylbromide (83 ml, 0.700 mol), anhydrousK₂CO₃ (100 g, 0.723 mol) and 18-crown-6 (10 g, 0.038 mol) were added.The reaction mixture was refluxed overnight. Additional amounts of K₂CO₃(25 g, 0.181 mol+50 g, 0.362 mol) and benzylbromide (10 ml, 14 g, 0.084mol) were added. After refluxing the mixture for additional 64 h, themixture was allowed to cool to 30° C. and poured into water (4.5 L). Themixture was extracted with toluene, the organic layers were combined andconcentrated in vacuo. The residue was stripped with toluene leavingcompound C2-17 (335 g, max. 0.642 mol) as a wax like solid.

3-Benzyloxy-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17β-ol (C2-18)

Compound C2-17 (69.9 g, max. 134 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF(600 ml) and MeOH (600 ml) under N₂ atmosphere. A solution of KOH (34.4g, 613 mmol) in water (600 ml) was added. The reaction mixture wasstirred at 55° C. for 3 h. MeOH was removed in vacuo from the mixture.DCM (400 ml) was added and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to 1 using3 M HCl. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with DCM (2×200ml). The organic layers were combined, washed with sat aq NaHCO₃ (200ml) and dried over Na₂SO₄. The organic layer was concentrated in vacuoyielding compound C2-18 (61.6 g, 152 mmol, 88%) as a yellow syrup aftercolumn chromatography (SiO₂, DCM/heptane=85/15).

3-Benzyloxy-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17-one (V—C2-G)

Compound C2-18 (61.6 g, 152 mmol) was dissolved in acetone (1250 ml)under N₂ atmosphere. Subsequently, TPAP (5.1 g, 14.5 mmol) and NMO (48.6g, 415 mmol) were added. After the reaction mixture was stirred for 4½ hat ambient temperature, it was filtered over Celite. The filtrate wasconcentrated in vacuo yielding compound V—C2-G (57.6 g, 143 mmol, 94%)as a pale solid after column chromatography (SiO₂, DCM).

3-Hydroxy-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-triene-17-one (V—C2-G-a)

Compound V—C2-G (1.10 g, 2.73 mmol) was dissolved in THF (15 ml) under anitrogen atmosphere. A suspension of palladium on charcoal (10%, 130 mg)in THF (10 ml) was added. H₂ was applied at ambient pressure and thereaction mixture was stirred at RT for 3 d. The reaction mixture wasfiltered over Celite and the filter cake was washed with THF (20 ml).The filtrate was concentrated in vacuo yielding compound (V—C2-G-a) (240mg, 0.768 mmol, 28%) after column chromatography (SiO₂, DCM).

II. 15,16-Unsaturated and C2 Substituted Estrone Derivatives of Formula(X) (Step) B)

The estrone of general formula V was converted into the corresponding15,16 unsaturated derivative by the 4-step reaction as depicted inSCHEME 1 according to Nambara 1976: After protection of the C17 ketofunction as acetal (ethylene glycol, TEOF and p-TosOH in toluene,work-up with water and TEA), the acetal was brominated (with pyridiniumperbromate and ethylene glycol in DME, work-up with Na₂S₂O₃).Subsequently, HBr was eliminated by reaction with K—O-tert-butyl inDMSO. Finally, the deprotection of the acetal was achieved with p-TosOHin DME and water.

The following intermediates were prepared according to this procedure:

-   3-Benzyloxy-2-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10),15-tetraene-17-one (X—C2-B)-   3-Benzyloxy-2-ethyl-estra-1,3,5(10),15-tetraene-17-one (X—C2-C)-   3-Benzyloxy-2-ethoxy-estra-1,3,5(10),15-tetraene-17-one (X—C2-D)-   3-Benzyloxy-2-methoxy-ethoxy-estra-1,3,5(10),15-tetraene-17-one    (X—C2-E)-   3-Benzyloxy-2-methoxy-ethyl-estra-1,3,5(10),15-tetraene-17-one    (X—C2-F)-   3-Benzyloxy-2-propyl-ethoxy-estra-1,3,5(10),15-tetraene-17-one    (X—C2-G)

III. Introduction of the Basic Side Chain in C15 Position

The detailed synthesis of the following intermediates, wherein R¹⁴represents H, is fully disclosed within international patent applicationWO 2005/47303, which is incorporated by reference herein. Forintermediates with R¹⁴ is different from H, detailed synthesis is givenfor exemplary compounds.

IIIa. The Optionally 2-Substituted Ketal Derivative of theEstron-15α-yl-Carbaldehyde of Formula XIII-0

The protected aldehyde intermediate of formula XIII-0 with PG=CH₃(XIIIb) or PG=Benzyl (XIIIc) can be prepared according to a proceduredepicted within the following scheme 2:

The optionally 2-substituted 15,16-unsaturated estrone of formula (X)was converted into the corresponding cyano-estrone (XI) by a cyanideMichael addition at the D-ring. The nitrile was introduced in the betaconfiguration as was proven by 2D-NMR. Epimerization of thisstereocenter had been accomplished in a following step. First the ketonefunctionality was protected as the acetal (XII), followed by conversionof the nitrile to the corresponding aldehyde (XIII-0) by the addition ofDIBAH to the nitrile and the consecutive hydrolysis of the imineproduct. At this stage the epimerization took place for about 90%(2D-NMR). Consecutive washing of the mixture with aqueous bicarbonategave the α-isomer with a d.e≦98%.

IIIb. Optionally 2-Substituted Compounds of Formula IV:Estron-15-yl-C₀-C₅-Alkyl-Carboxylic AcidAcid Building Block IV-0: (n=0)

The individual steps in the synthesis of acid building block of theformula IV-0b are depicted in the following scheme 3.

The ketal derivative of the optionally 2-substituted17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl-carbaldehyde of formula XIII-0 isoxidized to the corresponding carboxylic acid and converted into theunprotected 15α-substituted estrone derivative of formula IV-0.Acid Building Block IV-1: (n=1):

The acid building block IV-1 may be synthesized via two differentroutes. The individual steps of the first synthesis route of acidbuilding block IV-1 are depicted in the following scheme 4. The samekind of procedure can be applied for n=2 and for other side chainswithin the PG position.

The ketal derivative of the17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl-carbaldehyde of formula XIII-0 isconverted into the methyl enol ether of the formula XXXIV via a Wittigreaction with MeOCH₂LiP(Ph)₃. Hydrolysis with HCl_((aq)) delivered theunprotected acetaldehyde derivative XXXIII-1. The acetaldehydederivative is then further oxidized to the corresponding carboxylic acidIV-1.

Alternative Synthesis Route for the Acid Building Block IV-1: (n=1):

-   IV-1b: (n=1 and PG=CH₃):    3-Methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl-acetic acid

Alternatively, compound IV-1b can be prepared directly from the enonederivative of formula X according to the following synthesis scheme 5:

A Michael addition of the dimethylmalonate-anion to the enone derivativedelivered the diester XXXVIb, which was converted into the acid buildingblock of formula IV-b by alkaline ester hydrolysis and decarboxylationin refluxing acetic acid.

Optionally 2-substituted acid building blocks IVβ-2, IVβ-3. IVβ-4,IVβ-5, IVβ-6 (n=2, 3, 4, 5, 6):

-   IVβ-3-3b (n=3 and PG=CH₃):    4-(3-Methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyric acid

The individual steps in the synthesis of acid building block of theformula IVβ-3b are depicted in the following scheme 6. The same kind ofprocedure can be applied for n=4, 5, or 6 and for other alkyl sidechains within the R¹ position using the appropriateBrMg—C₅-C₇-alkoxy-THP as Grignard Reagent. Furthermore, this reactionscheme also delivers the estrone-alcohol building block in form of theintermediate of formula XXXIβ-4b.

4-Bromo-butanol-THP ether was prepared by adding HBr solution torefluxing THF. The resulting bromide was dissolved in DCM, p-TosOH andDHP were added at 0° C. to give the protected alcohol. This was filteredover SiO₂ and further purified by column chromatography, yielding 9.3%over 2 steps. The protected alcohol was dissolved in THF and added toactivated magnesium, and the resulting Grignard reagent added to CuI2 inHMPA. The 15,16-unsaturated Estrone derivative of formula Xb, dissolvedin dry THF and TMSCl, was added at −40±5° C. Subsequently, afterhydrolysis of the silyl ether, the resulting compound XXX-4b-THP wasdeprotected with p-TosOH/MeOH to give the alcohol derivative XXXI-4b,which was converted, without purification, into the free acid IV-3b by aJones oxidation. The oil was purified by column chromatography, yieldingthe free acid of formula IV-3b in 30% yield over three steps.

Acid building blocks IVβ-2 (n=2 and PG=H, CH₃ or benzyl): optionally2-substituted3-(3-Benzyloxy/Methoxy/Hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-propanoicacid

The optionally 2-substituted carboxylic acid IVβ-2 can be prepared byoxidation of the alcohol derivative of formula XXXIβ-3b or XXXIβ-3caccording to the preparation of the carboxylic acid IVβ-3b (see sectionfor the preparation of the alcohol derivatives below for synthesis ofXXXIβ-3b and XXXIβ-3c) and optionally subsequent debenzylation of the C3hydroxy function.

Acid building block IVβ-3c: Optionally 2-substituted4-(3-Benzyloxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyric acid

The individual steps in the synthesis of acid building block of theformula IVβ-3c are performed according to any of the procedures depictedin the following schemes 7A, 7B and 7C. Furthermore, reaction scheme 7Aalso delivers the estrone-alcohol building block in form of theintermediate of formula XXXIβ-4c. The same kind of procedure can beapplied for n=4, 5, or 6 and for other alkylaryl substitutents withinthe R¹ position using the appropriate BrMg—C₅-C₇-alkoxy-THP as GrignardReagent.

4-Bromo-butanol-THP ether was prepared by adding HBr solution torefluxing THF. The resulting bromide was dissolved in DCM, p-TosOH andDHP were added at 0° C. to give the protected alcohol. This was filteredover SiO₂ and further purified by column chromatography, yielding 9.3%over 2 steps. The protected alcohol was dissolved in THF and added tothe activated magnesium, and the resulting Grignard reagent added toCuI2 in HMPA. The 15,16-unsaturated Estrone derivative of formula Xc(preferably with R¹⁴═H), dissolved in dry THF and TMSCl, was added at−40±5° C. Subsequently, the resulting compound XXX-4c-THP wasdeprotected with p-TosOH/MeOH to give XXXIβ-4c in 47% over 2 steps,which was converted, without purification, into the free acid IVβ-3c bya Jones oxidation in a yield of 96%.

The 15,16-unsaturated Estrone derivative of formula Xc (preferably withR¹⁴=Ethyl, n-Propyl or Methoxyethyl) was subjected to a 1,4 additionusing a freshly prepared Gringard Reagent. Subsequently, the resultingcompound XXX-4c was oxidized to the free acid IVβ-3c (see also thereaction SCHEME 12).

The 15,16-unsaturated Estrone derivative of formula Xc (preferably withR¹⁴=Methoxy) was subjected to a 1,4 addition using a freshly preparedGringard Reagent. Subsequently, the resulting compound XXX-2c wasreacted with with acrylic acid methyl ester using a Grubb II catalyst,known as olefin metathesis. After removal of the methyl group, the freeacid (IVb-3a) is obtained by hydrogenation and deprotection.Alternatively, the last two steps may be performed in reversed order.

Detailed Synthesis for Exemplary Compounds4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5 (10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyricacid (IVβ-(C2-B)-3a)

Compound (IVβ-(C2-B)-3a) was prepared according to general proceduredepicted in SCHEME 7C starting from compound (X—C2-B).

15β-Allyl-3-benzyloxy-2-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one(XXXβ-(C2-B)-2c)

Under N₂-atmosphere, in flame-dried glassware, LiCl (247 mmol) and CuI(247 mmol) were dissolved in THF (500 ml). The solution obtained wascooled to T_(intern)=−78° C., and allyl magnesiumbromide (1 M in Et₂O,246 mmol) was added dropwise during 1.5 h while keeping T_(intern)≦−75°C. After stirring for 0.5 h, TMSCl (171 mmol) was added and the reactionmixture was further stirred at T_(intern)=−78° C. for 0.5 h. Then, asolution of (X—C2-B) (26.5 g, 68.2 mmol) in THF (250 ml) was addeddropwise during 1.5 h, while keeping T_(intern)≦−75° C. The reactionmixture was stirred at T_(intern)=−78° C. for 1.5 h, after which it wasallowed to warm to RT, quenched with sat. NH₄Cl (aq) (600 ml), andstirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered over celiteand the residue was washed with EtOAc (200 ml). The organic layer wasisolated from the combined filtrates, and the aqueous layer wasextracted with EtOAc (100 ml). The combined organic layers were washedwith 1N HCl (aq) (250 ml), 1N NH₄OH (aq) (3×250 ml), brine (250 ml),dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to yield(XXX-(C2-B)-2c) (34.8 g, 98%).

4-(3-Benzyloxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-but-2-enoicacid methyl ester

Under N₂-Atmosphere, in oven-dried glassware, Grubbs II catalyst (2.36mmol) was added to a solution of (XXX-(C2-B)-2c) (60.4 mmol) and methylacrylate (150 mmol) in DCM (500 ml). The mixture obtained was stirred atRT overnight, heated at T_(intern)=39° C. for 8 h, after which it wasallowed to cool to RT. The reaction mixture was evaporated to dryness tofurnish 30.8 g resin, which was applied to SiO₂ (1500 ml) with DCM andeluted with a DCM:EtOAc gradient (99:1 to 90:10) to yield the desiredcompound (18.5 g, 63%) (R_(f)=0.1 (DCM)). This was dissolved in THF (250ml) and heated at reflux with activated charcoal (1 g) for 20 min. Themixture obtained was allowed to cool to RT, filtered and the filtratewas concentrated in vacuo.

4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyric acidmethyl ester (VIIβ-(C2-B)-3a-1)

A solution of4-(3-Benzyloxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-but-2-enoicacid methyl ester (17.3 g, 2.36 mmol) in THF (440 ml) and MeOH (440 ml)was purged with H₂ (balloon). Then Pd (10% on carbon, 50% H₂O) (1.80 g)was added, and the mixture obtained was stirred under H₂ pressure forover night. The reaction mixture was filtered over two filter papers andconcentrated in vacuo to yield the desired compound (VIIβ-(C2-B)-3a-1)(13.8 g, 97%), which represents a compound falling under the scope ofthe present invention.

4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyric acid(IVβ-(C2-B)-3a)

A solution of LiOH H₂O (197 mmol) in H₂O (450 ml) was added to asolution of (VIIβ-(C2-B)-3a-1) (34.5 mmol) in THF (450 ml) and themixture obtained was stirred at RT overnight. The reaction mixture wasconcentrated in vacuo to remove THF and diluted with H₂O (1300 ml). Themixture was washed with DCM (3×300 ml), acidified with 1N HCl to pH≈1and extracted with DCM (3×400 ml). The combined extracts were washedwith brine (400 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄, filtered and concentrated invacuo to yield (IVβ-(C2-B)-3a) (11.7 g, 88%).

4-(3-Hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyricacid

Compound (IVβ-(C2-F)-3a) was prepared according to general proceduredepicted in SCHEME 7C starting from compound (X—C2-F).

15-Allyl-3-(benzyloxy)-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one(XXXβ-(C2-F)-2c):

A flame dried flask was charged with CuI (1.38 mmol) and LiCl (1.38mmol) under N₂ atmosphere. THF (5 ml) was added and stirred at ambienttemperature until a clear green solution was obtained. After cooling thesolution to −78° C., allylmagnesium bromide in EtO₂ (1.38 mmol) wasadded dropwise and stirred at −78° C. for 1 h. Then TMSCl (1.38 mmol)was added in a single batch. A solution of compound X—C2-F (192 mg, 0.46mmol) in THF (5 ml) was added dropwise at −78° C. The reaction mixturewas stirred at −78° C. for 2 h and the mixture was allowed to reach RTovernight. The mixture was quenched with sat aq NH₄Cl (50 ml). Theorganic layer was separated and washed with aq. 1M HCl (25 ml), aq. 1MNH₄OH (25 ml) and brine (25 ml). The combined organic layers were driedover NaSO₄ and concentrated in vacuo yielding compound (XXXβ-(C2-F)-2c)(220 mg, max. 0.46 mmol). Purification via SiO₂ (DMC/methanol=100/0 to98/2) delivered pure (XXXβ-(C2-F)-2c) (56 mg, 0.122 mmol, 22%).

4-(3-Benzyloxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-but-2-enoicacid ethyl ester

Compound (XXXβ-(C2-F)-2c) (46 mg, 0.10 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (5 ml)under N₂ atmosphere. Ethyl acrylate (0.135 mmol) and Grubbs II catalyst(0.01 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambienttemperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was filtered over celite andconcentrated in vacuo yielding the title compound (46 mg, 0.086 mmol,85%) after purification over SiO₂ (DCM/MeOH=100/0 to 98/2).

4-(3-Hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyricacid ethyl ester (VIIβ-(C2-F)-3a-1)

Palladium on charcoal (10%, 15 mg) was suspended in methanol (5 ml)under N₂ atmosphere. A solution of the previous compound (45 g, 0.085mmol) in THF (5 ml) was added carefully. H₂ at ambient pressure wasapplied and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature overthe weekend. The reaction mixture was filtered over Celite and thefilter cake was washed with THF (10 ml). The filtrate was concentratedin vacuo yielding compound (VIIβ-(C2-F)-3a-1) (40 mg, max. 0.085 mmol),which also represents a compound falling under the scope of the presentinvention.

4-(3-Hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-butyricacid (IVβ-(C2-F)-3a)

The previous compound (40 mg, max. 0.085 mmol) was dissolved in amixture of THF (2 ml), water (2 ml) and LiOH.H₂O (0.45 mmol). Themixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 5 h. THF was removed invacuo and the residue diluted with water (5 ml). The alkaline layer waswashed with DCM (1×10 ml) and the organic layer discarded. The waterlayer was acidified till pH 3 using aq. 1M HCl and extracted with DCM(4×25 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (25 ml),dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo yielding compound(IVβ-(C2-F)-3a) (26 mg, 0.063 mmol, 74%) as pale solid.

The following further building blocks were prepared according to thisprocedure:

-   4-(3-Hydroxy-2-ethyl-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyric    acid (IVβ-(C2-C)-3a)-   4-(3-Hydroxy-2-propyl-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-butyric    acid (IVβ-(C2-G)-3a)

Optionally 2-substituted acid building block with α stereochemistry atC15:

-   IVα-3a (n=3 and PG=H):    4-(3-Hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyric acid

The individual steps in the synthesis of the optionally 2-substitutedacid building block of the formula IVα-3a are performed according to anyof the procedures depicted in schemes 8A and 8B. Furthermore, reactionscheme 8A also delivers the still ketal-protected estrone-alcoholbuilding block in form of the intermediate of formula XLIVα-1c.Debenzylation and deprotection delivers the estrone-alcohol XXXIα-1a.

Reduction of the aldehyde XIII-0c with NaBH₄ (EtOH, 2 h, RT) gave thealcohol XLIVα-1c, which was further treated with iodine,triphenyl-phosphine and imidazole to give the iodide XLV. Subsequently,ethylacrylate was coupled to iodine XLV and gave compound XLVI afterpurification by column chromatography. Reduction of compound XLVI wasperformed under H₂ atmosphere to give compound XLVII, which wastransformed into the protected carboxylic acid building block XLVIIIα-3aby saponification. The carboxylic acid IVα-3a was obtained bydeprotection.

The allyl group was introduced into the optionally C2 substituted,15,16-unsaturated Estrone derivative of formula Xc by reaction withallylmagnesium chloride or bromide, followed by an oxy-coperearrangement catalysed by KH and 18-Crown-6. Subsequently, theresulting compound XXX-2c was reacted with acrylic acid methyl esterusing a Grubb II catalyst, known as olefin metathesis. The free acid(IVa-3a) is obtained by hydrogenation, deprotection, and, in the laststep, hydrolysation of the methyl ester with LiOH.

Detailed Synthesis for4-(2-Ethoxy-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyric acid

17-Allyl-3-(benzyloxy)-2-ethoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-ol

Allylmagnesiumchloride (1.7 M in THF, 48.39 mmol) was added dropwise toa solution of ketone X—C2-D (6.5 g, 16.1 mmol) in THF (200 ml) under N₂atmosphere at 0° C. After stirring for 4 h at 0-5° C., the solution waspoured into sat aq NH₄Cl (200 ml). The water layer was extracted withDCM (3×100 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with sat NaHCO₃(1×300 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo yielding 7.8 g(>100%) as thick yellow oil.

15α-Allyl-3-benzyloxy-2-ethoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one(XXX-(C2-D)-2c)

KH 30% in oil (89.98 mmol) was suspended in THF (50 ml), under N₂atmosphere. 17-Allyl-3-(benzyloxy)-2-ethoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-ol(7.7 g, 17.30 mmol) and 18-Crown-6 (88.25 mmol) were dissolved in THF(200 ml) and added dropwise in 40 min. The mixture was stirred for 3 hat RT. The mixture was carefully poured into IPA via canula. The mixturewas poured into aq. sat. NH₄Cl (1 l). The water layer was extracted withEtOAc (3×250 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with brine(1×500 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo. Purificationvia filtration over Silica (eluens heptan to 40% DCM in heptan) provided4.2 g (9.51 mmol, 55%) of (XXX-(C2-D)-2c).

4-(3-Benzyloxy-2-ethoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)but-2-enoicacid methyl ester

Substrate (XXX-(C2-D)-2c) (4.2 g, 9.51 mmol) was dissolved in DCM (100ml) under N₂ atmosphere. Methylacrylate (23.76 mmol) and Grubbs (II)catalyst (0.380 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to reflux andrefluxed overnight. The mixture was concentrated in vacuo to afford 4.7g of a dark brown solid. Purification via column chromatography (ca. 150ml silica) yielded 3.17 g (66%) of a brown semi-solid.

4-(3-Hydroxy-2-ethoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)butyric acidmethyl ester (VIIa-(C2-D)-3a)

4-(3-Benzyloxy-2-ethoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)but-2-enoicacid methyl ester (3.17 g, 6.30 mmol) was dissolved in THF (80 ml) andMeOH (80 ml). Pd/C 10% (50% in water, 0.3 g) was added. The mixture wasstirred at 1 atm H₂ (balloon) at RT for 48 h. The mixture was filteredover Celite. The filter cake was rinsed with MeOH (200 ml) and thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo to provide 2.8 g (6.72 mmol, >100%)of a greenish solid.

4-(2-Ethoxy-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyric acid(IVa-(C2-D)-3a)

Methylester (VIIa-(C2-D)-3a) (2.8 g, 6.72 mmol) was dissolved in THF (80ml). LiOH (39.86 mmol) was dissolved in water (80 ml) and added in oneportion. The solution was stirred at RT overnight. The solution wasconcentrated in vacuo and water (350 ml) was added. The water layer waswashed with DCM (3×200 ml) and acidified to pH=1 with 2N HCl andextracted DCM (3×200 ml). The combined organic layers were washed withbrine (1×300 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to afford1.84 g (68%) of a white foam, LC-MS purity of 97-100%.

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): δ 0.95 (s,3H), 1.25 (m, 2H), 1.4 (t, 3H), 1.5(m, 3H), 1.60-2.1 (m, 6H), 2.1-2.45 (m, 6H), 2.80 (m, 3H), 4.1 (q, 2H),6.65 (s, 1H), 6.80 (s, 1H)

4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyric acid(IVa-(C2-B)-3a) and4-(3-Hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyricacid (IVa-(C2-E)-3a)

These two intermediates were synthesized accordingly from ketones X—C2-Band X—C2-E, respectively.

4-(3-Hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethoxy)-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyricacid (IVa-(C2-E)-3a)

¹H-NMR (CDCl₃, 300 MHz): 80.95 (s, 3H), 1.3 (t, 2H), 1.5 (m, 3H),1.6-2.1 (m, 6H), 2.1-2.4 (m, 6H), 2.8 (m, 3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.7 (t, 2H),4.1 (m, 2H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.9 (s, 1H)

4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyric acid(IVa-(C2-B)-3a)

¹H-NMR (shifts in ppm): 0.96-1.04 (s, 3H), 1.20-2.48 (m, 16H), 2.70-2.94(m, 3H), 3.80-3.92 (s, 3H), 6.60-6.68 (s, 1H), 6.76-6.80 (s, 1H).

IIIc. Compounds of Formula XXXI (Alcohol Derivatives): Optionally2-Substituted 15-hydroxy-C₁-C₆-alkyl-estron

The synthesis of the alcohol derivatives XXXIα-1a (PG=R¹═H), XXXIα-1b(PG=R¹═CH₃), and XXXIα-1c (PG=R¹=benzyl) is depicted in the followingscheme 9:

Reduction of the aldehydes XIII-0b or XIII-0c using NaBH₄ followed byketal hydrolysis gave the corresponding alcohols XXXIα-1b and XXXIα-1c.The alcohol XXXIa-1c was debenzylated to give XXXIα-1a using Pd/C and a5 bar hydrogen atmosphere.

Alcohol building blocks XXXI-3c and XXXI-3a (n=3) and XXXI-5c andXXXI-5a (n=5) with PG=R¹=benzyl or PG=R¹═H):

The synthesis of the optionally 2-substituted alcohol building blocks offormula XXXI-3 and XXXI-5 is depicted in the following scheme 10.

The 15,16-unsaturated Estrone derivative of formula Xc (preferably withR¹⁴═H, Ethyl, n-Propyl or Methoxyethyl) was subjected to a 1,4 additionusing a freshly prepared Gringard Reagent (allylmagnesiumchloride orpentenylmagnesiumchloride) delivering compound XXXV. After protection ofthe ketone functionality in C17 as ketal, the alkenyl side chain washydroborated and subsequently oxidized to provide compound XXXII. Afterdeprotection of the C17 keto function by treatment with pTosOH, thebenzyl function is optionally cleaved off to deliver the alcoholbuilding blocks XXXI-3 and XXXI-5, respectively.

Alcohol Building Blocks XXXI-4b, XXXI-5b, XXXI-6b (n=4, 5.6):15β-(4-Hydroxy-C₄-C₆-alkyl)-3-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one:

The general synthesis of the alcohol building block of formulaXXXI-4/5/6b is depicted in the following scheme 11.

General Procedure

Magnesium (3-10 eq) is added in a dry three-neck flask under N₂atmosphere and activated by iodine. The bromo compound (2-6.5 eq)dissolved in dry THF is added dropwise to the magnesium. The reactionmixture is allowed to react for 1-2 h at RT or reflux. The solution istransferred to dry three-neck flask containing CuI (0.06-0.7 eq) andDMPU or HMPA (2-7 eq) in dry THF cooled to −40° C. The resulting mixtureis stirred for 30 min at −40° C. after which a mixture of15,16-unsaturated estron derivative of formula X (1 eq) and TMSCl (2-2.5eq) dissolved in THF is added dropwise. After complete addition themixture is allowed to reach RT. Then NH₄Cl-solution is added, the layersare separated and the aqueous phase is extracted with EtOAc (3×). Thecombined organic phases are dried over Na₂SO₄ and the solvent isevaporated. The crude product is dissolved in methanol and K₂CO₃ (1 eq)is added to hydrolyse the silyl ether. After complete hydrolysis wateris added and most of the methanol is evaporated. The mixture is dilutedwith EtOAc, the layers are separated and the water layer is extractedwith EtOAc. The combined organic layers are dried over Na₂SO₄ and thesolvent is evaporated. The resulting product of general formula XXX isthen further worked-up to give the alcohol of general formula XXXI.

Alcohol Building Block XXXI-4 (n=4) with PG=Benzyl or H

The detailed synthesis of these compounds is already displayed withinthe section for the synthesis of acid building block of the formulaIV-3c above. The 3-hydroxy-derivative can be obtained by debenzylationof the XXXI-4c compound.

Alcohol Building Blocks XXXI-6c and XXXI-6a (n=6):

The detailed synthesis of these compounds is performed according to thegeneral procedure displayed in SCHEME 11 starting with the 15,16unsaturated estron derivative Xc as educt. The 3-hydroxy-derivative canbe obtained by hydrolysis of the XXXI-6c compound.

IIId. Optionally 2-Substituted Compounds of Formula IV with a FluoroAtom Containing Substitution of the C17 Keto Function

3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-propanoic acid(IVβ-2a-D1F2)

The individual steps in the synthesis of the acid building block of theformula IVβ-2a-D1F2 are depicted in the following scheme 12.

3-(3-Benzyloxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-propanoic acid offormula IVβ-2c is transformed in the corresponding methyl ester by anesterification reaction as depicted in general flow diagram II using anEDCI coupling. Fluorination of the obtained methyl ester with deoxofluorgave compound VIIβ-2c-D1F2. Subsequent debenzylation, followed bysaponification with LiOH afforded the desired building blockIVβ-2a-D1F2.

Detailed Synthesis3-(3-Benzyloxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-propionic acidmethyl ester (VIIβ-2c)

A mixture of compound IVb-2c (38 mmol), Et₃N (117 mmol), MeOH (44 mmol),HOBt (44 mmol) and EDCI (49 mmol) in DCM (650 ml) was stirred overnight.The reaction mixture was washed with 1N HCl (2×250 ml) and H₂O (250 ml).The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo toyield VIIβ-2c (38 mmol, 99%) as orange oil.

3-(3-Benzyloxy-17,17-difluoro-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-propionicacid methyl ester

Deoxofluor (50% in toluene, 247 mL, 670 mmol) was added to a solution ofVIIβ-2c (27.2 g, 60.9 mmol) in toluene (130 ml). The mixture was stirredfor 5 d, during which two times 10 drops of EtOH were added. DCM (200ml) was added and the mixture was cooled on ice. Saturated NaHCO₃ (300mL) was added. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer wasextracted with DCM (3×300 ml). The combined organic layers were washedwith brine (500 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuo to givecrude VIIβ-2c-D1F2 (26.5 g). Purification by column chromatography(SiO₂, DCM-heptan 2:1 to DCM) gave VIIβ-2c-D1F2 (2.94 g, 6.3 mmol, 10%)as yellow oil.

3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-Propionic acidmethyl ester

A mixture of VIIβ-2c-D1F2 (2.94 g, 6.3 mmol), Pd/C (10%, 440 mg), MeOH(75 mL) and EtOAc (32 mL) was stirred for 2 d under 1 bar H₂. After 1day another portion of Pd/C (484 mg) was added. The mixture was filteredover Celite and the filter cake was washed with MeOH and EtOAc. Thefiltrate was concentrated in vacuo to give 2.1 g of crude VIIβ-2a-D1F2.Purification by column chromatography (SiO₂, DCM) gave VIIβ-2a-D1F2(1.46 g, 3.9 mmol, 61%) as yellow oil.

3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-propionic acid(IVβ-2a-D1F2)

A solution of LiOH*H₂O (934 mg, 22 mmol) in water (60 mL) was added to asolution of VIIβ-2a-D1F2 (1.46 g, 3.9 mmol) in THF (60 mL). The mixturewas stirred overnight and concentrated in vacuo. Water (250 ml) wasadded and the mixture was washed with DCM (2×200 mL) and the pH wasadjusted to 1. The aq. layer was extracted with DCM (3×200 mL). Thecombined organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ and concentrated in vacuoto yield IVβ-2a-D1F2 (1.2 g, 3.3 mmol, 85%) as yellow foam.

¹H-NMR-listing: 1.027-1.34 (s, 3H), 1.408-2.421 (m, 15H), 2.837-2.960(m, 2H), 6.573-6.651 (m, 2H), 7.121-7.257 (d, 1H).

¹⁹F-NMR-listing: -104- -106 (d, 1F), -115- -117 (d, 1F).

4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butanoic acid(IVα-3a-D1F2)

The acid building block of formula IVα-3a-D1F2 was synthesized startingfrom intermediate compound Xc and using the reaction steps as depictedin SCHEME 8B: The allyl group was introduced into the 15,16-unsaturatedEstrone derivative of formula Xc by reaction with allylmagnesiumchloride, followed by an oxy-cope rearrangement catalysed by KH and18-Crown-6. Subsequently, the resulting compound XXX-2c was reacted withacrylic acid methyl ester using a Grubb II catalyst, known as olefinmetathesis. Then, deviating from SCHEME 8B, the 17-keto function of theresulting 4-(3-Benzyloxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)but-2-enoicacid methyl ester was converted to a bisfluoro group using deoxofluor asdescribed for VIIβ-2c-D1F2. Subsequently, the well known hydrogenationstep was performed to obtain the butanoic acid ester side chain, andfinally the ester was hydrolysed with LiOH to give the target compound.

¹H-NMR-listing: 0.94 (s, 3H), 1.10-2.06 (m, 4H), 2.18-2.55 (m, 14H),2.74-2.92 (m, 2H), 6.52 (d, 1H), 6.64 (dd, 1H), 7.15 (d, 1H)

¹⁹F-NMR-listing: −104.5 (dd, 1F), −117.0 (d, 1F).

4-(3-Benzyloxy-17-difluoromethylene-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15-yl)-butan-1-ol4-(17-Difluoromethylene-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15-yl)-butyrylbromide

Synthesis of XXXIβ-4c-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂ was achieved in a 3-step reactionstarting from intermediate compound XXXIβ-4c using the Horner reactionas described for general synthesis step D-(I)-(a). Subsequently, thefluorinated alcohol derivative XXXI-4c-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂ was converted intothe free acid by a Jones oxidation, followed by a debenzylation stepusing BBr₃ to deliver the desired intermediate Vβ-3a-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂.

Detailed Synthesis3-Benzyloxy-15-[4-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-butyl]-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one

To a solution of intermediate XXXIβ-4c (108 mg; 0.25 mmol) and imidazole(41.0 mg; 0.60 mmol) in DMF (1 ml) tert-Butyldimethylsilylchloride (0.30ml; 0.30 mmol; 1M in THF) was added dropwise. After stirring for 16 h atRT, the reaction mixture was poured into H₂O and extracted with DCM. Theorganic phases were dried over MgSO₄. After removal of the solvent, theoily residue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, DCM) to yield3-Benzyloxy-15-[4-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-butyl]-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one(126 mg, 92%) as colourless oil.

[4-(3-Benzyloxy-17-difluoromethylene-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15-yl)-butoxy]-tert-butyldimethylsilane

Lithium diisopropylamide (0.60 ml; 1.08 mmol; 1.8 M inTHF/Heptane/Ethylbenzene) is added dropwise to a solution ofDifluoromethyl-phosphonic acid diethylester (204 mg; 1.08 mmol) in THF(3 ml) at −78° C. and stirred for 30 min. Subsequently, a solution ofthe ketone obtained in the previous reaction step (148 mg; 0.27 mmol) inTHF (4 ml) is added and the mixture is stirred for 30 min and furtheruntil the mixture was warmed to RT. The mixture is heated for 5 h underreflux and allowed to cool to RT. After addition of water, the solutionis extracted with DCM. The combined organic phases are dried over MgSO₄.After removal of the solvent, the residue is purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, DCM/Hexane 1:2) to yield[4-(3-Benzyloxy-17-difluoromethylene-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15-yl)-butoxy]-tert-butyldimethylsilane(107 mg, 68%) as colorless oil.

4-(3-Benzyloxy-17-difluoromethylene-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15-yl)-butan-1-olXXXIβ-4c-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂

A solution of the obtained TBDMS-Ether (97.0 mg; 167 μmol) in TBAF (1ml; 1 mmol; 1 M in THF) was stirred for 4 h at RT. The reaction mixtureis poured into H₂O and extracted with DCM. The combined organic phasesare dried over MgSO₄. After removal of the solvent, the residue ispurified by column chromatography (SiO₂, DCM) to yieldXXXIβ-4c-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂ (76.0 mg, 98%) as yellow solid.

4-(3-Benzyloxy-17-difluoromethylene-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15-yl)-butyricacid IVβ-3c-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂

After dissolving the alcohol XXXIβ-4c-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂ in 10 ml acetone,Jones reagent (1 g CrO₃, 7 ml H₂O, 3 ml 100% H₂SO₄) was added at 0° C.up to the point the solution remained reddish. After stirring for 10min, any excess of Jones reagent was destroyed by adding isopropanol.After filtration over silica gel, the filtrate was evaporated todryness. The residue was diluted with DCM and washed several times withwater, dried over Na₂SO₄ and again evaporated to dryness. The crudeproduct was used further without any purification.

4-(17-Difluoromethylene-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15-yl)-butyrylbromide Vβ-3a-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂

The crude benzylated estrone acid derivative IVβ-3c-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂ wasdissolved in 10 ml dry DCM and few drops BBr₃ were added at ambienttemperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h and directly usedin further reaction steps without any work-up.

4-(3-Benzyloxy-17-trifluoromethyl-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15-yl)-butan-1-ol4-(3-Hydroxy-17-trifluoromethyl-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15-yl)-butyrylbromide

Synthesis of XXXIβ-4c-D-(I)-(d)-CF₃ was achieved in a 4-step reactionstarting from intermediate compound XXXIβ-4c as described for generalsynthesis step D-(I)-(d). Subsequently, the fluorinated alcoholderivative XXXI-4c-D-(I)-(d)=CF₃ was converted into the free acid by aJones oxidation, followed by a debenzylation step using BBr₃ to deliverthe desired intermediate Vβ-3a-D-(I)-(d)-CF₃.

3-Benzyloxy-15-(4-hydroxybutyl)-17-trifluoromethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-ol

(Trifluoromethyl)trimethylsilan (7.60 ml; 15.0 mmol; 2M in THF) wasadded to a solution of intermediate XXXIβ-4c (1.08 g; 2.50 mmol) in THFpre-cooled to 0° C. After addition of TBAF (60.0 mg; 0.63 mmol), thereaction mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at 0° C. and for 16 h at RT.Water was added and the resulting the solution was extracted with ether.The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄. After removal of thesolvent, the residue was dissolved in TBAF solution (10.0 ml; 10.0 mmol;1 M in THF) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 4 h at RT. Waterwas added and the resulting the solution was extracted with ether. Thecombined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄. The remaining oil waspurified by column chromatography (SiO₂; Ether/DCM 1:1) yielding thetitle compound (942 mg, 75%) as colourless oil.

2,2-Dimethylpropionc acid4-(3-benzyloxy-17-hydroxy-17-trifluoromethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15-yl)-butylester

Pivaloylchloride (0.50 ml; 4.10 mmol) was added dropwise to a solutionof3-Benzyloxy-15-(4-hydroxybutyl)-17-trifluoromethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-ol(1.65 g; 3.28 mmol) in pyridine (15 ml) at 0° C. After stirring for 2 h,the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and stirred for anotherh. After extraction with DCM, the combined organic phases were driedover MgSO₄. After evaporation of the solvent, the residue was purifiedby column chromatography (SiO₂, DCM) yielding the title compound (1.85g, 96%) as colourless oil.

2,2-Dimethylpropionic acid4-(3-benzyloxy-17-trifluoromethyl-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15-yl)-butylester

Phosphorylchloride (0.25 ml; 200 μmol) was added to a solution of2,2-Dimethylpropionic acid4-(3-benzyloxy-17-hydroxy-17-trifluoromethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15-yl)-butylester(80.0 mg; 136 μmol) in pyridine (2.50 ml) and the resulting mixture isheated under reflux for 24 h. Then, the mixture was allowed to cool toRT, diluted with ice water and extracted with ether. The combinedorganic phases were dried over MgSO₄ and the solvent was evaporated. Theresidue was purified by column chromatography (SiO₂, DCM) yielding thetitle compound (60.0 mg, 78%) as colourless oil.

4-(3-Benzyloxy-17-trifluoromethyl-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15-yl)-butan-1-olXXXIβ-4c-D-(I)-d-CF₃

DIBAH (1.00 ml; 1.00 mmol; 1M in THF) was added dorpwise to a solutionof the pivaloate (60.0 mg; 106 μmol) in DCM (5 ml) at −78° C. Afterstirring for 6 h, 1 N HCl (20 ml) was added and the reaction mixture wasextracted with DCM. The combined organic phases were dried over MgSO₄and the solvent was evaporated. The residue was purified by columnchromatography (SiO₂, DCM) yielding XXXIβ-4c-D-(I)-d-CF₃ (46.0 mg, 90)as colourless oil.

4-(3-Benzyloxy-17-trifluoromethyl-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15-yl)-butyric acid IVβ-3c-D-(I)-(d)-CF₃

After dissolving 180 mg of the alcohol XXXIβ-4c-D-(I)-(d)-CF₃ in 10 mlacetone, Jones reagent (1 g CrO₃, 7 ml H₂O, 3 ml 100% H₂SO₄) was addedat 0° C. up to the point the solution remained reddish. After stirringfor 10 min, any excess of Jones reagent was destroyed by addingisopropanol. After filtration over silica gel, the filtrate wasevaporated to dryness. The residue was diluted with DCM and washedseveral times with water, dried over Na₂SO₄ and again evaporated todryness. The crude product was used further without any purification.

4-(3-Hydroxy-17-trifluoromethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15-yl)-butyrylbromide Vβ-3a-D-(I)-(d)-CF₃

The crude benzylated estrone acid derivative IVβ-3c-D-(I)-(d)-CF₃ wasdissolved in 10 ml dry DCM and few drops BBr3 were added at ambienttemperature. The reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h and directly usedin further reaction steps without any work-up.

IIIe. Optionally 2-Substituted Compounds of Formula XV (Protected AmineBuilding Block) (n=1-6)

XV-1: (n=1):

The individual steps in the synthesis of amine building block of theformula XV-1 are depicted in the following scheme 13.

Dissolving aldehydes XIII-0b (PG=CH₃) or XIII-0c (PG=benzyl) inbenzylamine and reduction of the residual imine in THF gave benzylamineXIV-1b (PG=CH₃) and XIV-1c (PG=benzyl), which were debenzylated to XV-1b(PG=CH₃) and XV-1a (PG=H), using Pd/C and H₂ at 5 bar, and dissolved indilute HCl to give the respective ammonium chlorides XXIX-1b (PG=CH₃)and XXIX-1a (PG=H). Standard purification methods failed due to whatseems to be instability of these ammonium salts. For these amines it wasknown that these should be treated as HCl salts since the free amine isnot stable (eneamines), but even the salts seem to be at leastheat-sensitive. The crude reaction mixture has a purity of −90%(HPLC-MS).

Amine Building Block XVα-3: (n=3):

The individual steps in the synthesis of amine building block of theformula XVα-3 are depicted in the following scheme 16.

The protected aldehyde derivative of formula (XIIIα-0) is converted intothe corresponding aminopropenyl by a Wittig reaction (see also SCHEME4). The aminopropenyl (XXXVII-3) is subsequently reduced to the15-aminopropyl derivative of formula XVα-3. The protecting ketal groupis converted into the 17-oxo group via acid hydrolysis.

The same kind of procedure can be applied using different Wittigreagents of the general formula Hal(Ph)₃P—(CH₂)_(n=3-5)—R* in order toobtain amine building blocks with longer side chains (i.e. n=4, 5, or6), wherein R* for example represents —N═P(Ph)₃, —N₃, or —NH—CO—O—CH₃.

Amine Building Block XVα-4: (n=4):

Furthermore, the amine building block XVα-4b was synthesizedcorresponding to SCHEME 16 using HalPh₃P—CH₂—CH₂—CH₂—N₃ as Wittigreagent. (LC-MS (ES+): rt 4.57 min, m/z (rel. Intens) 386 [(M+H)+,100%])

Amine Building Block XVβ-4: (n=4):

The individual steps in the synthesis of amine building block of theformula XVβ-4 with β configuration at the C15 atom of the steroidal coreare depicted in the following scheme 17.

In a first step, the 17 oxo function of the butanol derivative of theformula XXXIβ-4 (for synthesis of XXXIβ-4 see above) is converted intothe ketal group (compound of formula XXXIIβ-4). Then, the alcoholfunction is selectively reduced to the aldehyde giving compound of theformula XIIIβ-3. The protected aldehyde derivative of the formulaXIIIβ-3 is converted into a secondary amine by addition of Benzylamineand subsequent reduction (reductive amination). Further reduction of thesecondary amine delivers the desired, still protected amine buildingblock of the formula XVβ-4. The protecting ketal group can be convertedinto the 17-oxo group via acid hydrolysis.

The same kind of procedure can be applied for n=5 or 6 and for othersubstituents within the R¹ position.

Amine Building Block (n=1-6) of General Formula XXIX

Alternatively, the synthesis of the amine building blocks of generalformula XXIX can also be performed starting with an activated alcoholfunction and a subsequence substitution reaction, and does not need anyprotection of the Estron-C17 keto function according to the followinggeneral scheme 18.

Step C—Synthesis of Intermediates of General Formula C—(I) with R¹⁴═H

The synthesis of the intermediates falling under the general formulaC—(I), wherein R¹⁴ represents H, is fully disclosed in internationalpatent application WO 2005/047303, and was performed according to thereaction schemes depicted in general flow diagrams I to XV herewithin.The following table gives an overview of exemplary intermediatesprepared. The number given in the first column corresponds to thecompound number as disclosed in international patent application WO2005/047303. TABLE 1 Exemplary intermediates of the general formula VI(amide derivatives) C-(VI)

R² R⁴ No. n C15 stereo PG or R¹

MS m/z HPLC Rt [min]  1 3 beta —H morpholin-4-yl  2 3 beta —CH₃morpholin-4-yl    4B 3 beta —CH₃ methyl H    4C 3 beta benzyl methyl H 5 3 beta —CH₃ Cyclopropyl H 409.3 5.89  7 3 beta —CH₃ Furan-2-yl H449.3 5.74  9 3 beta —CH₃ 2-Morpholin-4-yl- H 482.2 5.05 ethyl  12 3beta —CH₃ 1-Benzyl- H 542.3 5.24 piperidin-4-yl  13 3 beta —CH₃Quinolin-3-yl H 496.3 5.98  15 3 beta —CH₃ 3,4-Dichloro- H 527.2 6.35benzyl  16 3 beta —CH₃ 3,4-Dimethoxy- H 519.3 5.66 benzyl  17 3 beta—CH₃ 2-Hydroxy-2- H 489.3 5.60 phenyl-ethyl  18 3 beta —CH₃2-Dimethylamino- H 440.3 4.71 ethyl  19 3 beta —CH₃ 2-(2-Hydroxy- H457.3 5.04 ethoxy)-ethyl  21 3 beta —CH₃ 2-(3,4-Dimethoxy- H 533.3 5.79phenyl)-ethyl  23 3 beta —CH₃ 3-Imidazol-1-yl- H 477.3 4.95 propyl  24 3beta —CH₃ 1H-Benzoimidazol-2- H 499.3 5.39 yl-methyl  25 3 beta —CH₃4-Hydroxy-3- H 505.3 5.49 methoxy-benzyl  26 3 beta —CH₃Carbamoyl-methyl H 426.2 6.30  28 3 beta —CH₃ 2-(4-Sulfamoyl- H 552.35.37 phenyl)-ethyl  30 3 beta —CH₃ 4-Trifluoromethoxy- H 543.3 6.35benzyl  32 3 beta —CH₃ 4-Fluoro-3- H 545.3 6.30 trifluoromethyl- benzyl 33 3 beta —CH₃ 2-Oxo-tetrahydro- H 453.3 5.32 furan-3-yl  34 3 beta—CH₃ 2-Oxo-azepan-3-yl H 480.3 5.33  35 3 beta —CH₃ 4-Hydroxy- H 467.35.18 cyclohexyl  36 3 beta H 2-(7-Methyl-1H- H indol-3-yl)-ethyl  37 3beta H 2,4-Difluoro- H benzyl  38 3 beta H Benzyl methyl  39 3 alpha HBenzyl H  40 3 alpha H Morpholin-4-yl  42 O alpha —CH₃2-(1H-Indol-3-yl)- H 470.3 1.92 ethyl  44 O alpha —CH₃ 1-Benzyl- H 486.31.48 pyrrolidin-3-yl  47 O alpha —CH₃ Phenethyl H 431.2 1.95  49 O alpha—CH₃ Cyclopropylmethyl H 381.2 1.83  50 O alpha —CH₃ Cyclohexylmethyl H423.3 2.06  51 O alpha —CH₃ 2,2-Diphenyl-ethyl H 507.3 2.12  54 O alpha—CH₃ 3,3-Diphenyl- H 521.3 2.14 propyl  56 O alpha —CH₃ 2-Pyridin-2-yl-H 432.2 1.46 ethyl  60 O alpha —CH₃ 4-Methoxy-benzyl H 447.2 1.89  63 Oalpha —CH₃ sec-butyl H 383.2 1.87  66 O alpha —CH₃ Bicyclo[2.2.1]hept- H421.3 2.02 2-yl  71 O alpha —CH₃ Indan-2-yl H 443.2 1.97  73 O alpha—CH₃ 2-Hydroxy-ethyl H 371.2 1.55  77 O alpha —CH₃ 3-Morpholin-4-yl- H454.3 1.37 propyl  79 O alpha —CH₃ 4-Phenyl-butyl H 459.3 2.08  80 Oalpha —CH₃ —(CH₂)₃—CO—O—CH₃/ H 427.2 1.74 (butyric acid methylester)-4-yl  81 O alpha —CH₃ 1-Oxo-1-benzoxy- H 489.3 1.99 propan-2-yl/(Propionic acid benzyl ester)-2-yl  83 O alpha —CH₃ 1,2,3,4- H 457.32.08 Tetrahydro- naphthalen-1-yl  84 O alpha —CH₃ 2-Fluoro-benzyl H435.2 1.92  85 O alpha —CH₃ 3-Hydroxy-propyl H 385.2 1.58  89 O alpha—CH₃ 2-Phenyl-propyl H 445.3 2.02  97 O alpha —CH₃ Thiophen-2-yl- H423.2 1.91 methyl 103 O alpha —CH₃ 1-Hydroxymethyl- H 425.3 1.81cyclopentyl 105 O alpha —CH₃ 5-Methyl-thiazol- H 424.2 1.95 2-yl 107 Oalpha —CH₃ 4-Benzyl-piperidin-1-yl 485.3 2.22 109 O alpha —CH₃3,4-Dihydro-1H-isoquinolin-2-yl 443.2 2.05 111 O alpha —CH₃4-Pyridin-2-yl-piperazin-1-yl 473.3 1.63 117 O alpha —CH₃4-(4-Chloro-benzyl)-piperazin-1-yl 520.2 1.67 118 O alpha —CH₃4-(3-Chloro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl 506.2 2.16 120 O alpha —CH₃4-[2-(2-Hydroxy-ethoxy)-ethyl]- 484.3 1.39 piperazin-1-yl 121 O alpha—CH₃ 4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl 506.2 2.16 124 O alpha —CH₃1,3,4,9-Tetrahydro-beta-carbolin-2-yl 482.3 2.04 125 O alpha —CH₃4-Hydroxy-4-phenyl-piperidin-1-yl 487.3 1.90 126 O alpha —CH₃4-(2-Chloro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl 506.2 2.20 127 O alpha —CH₃4-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl 502.3 2.01 128 O alpha —CH₃1-Piperidine-3-carboxylic acid amide/ 438.3 1.63 3-(carboxylic acidamide)-piperidin-1-yl 130 O alpha —CH₃ 4-Methyl-piperazin-1-yl 410.31.40 132 O alpha —CH₃ 2-Methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl 425.3 1.93 133 Oalpha —CH₃ 4-(2-Fluoro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl 490.3 2.10 138 O alpha—CH₃ 3,6-Dihydro-2H-pyridin-1-yl 393.2 1.92 140 O alpha —CH₃1-Pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid amide/ 424.2 1.60 2-(carboxylic acidamide)- pyrrolidin-1-yl 145 O alpha —CH₃4-Pyrrolidin-1-yl-piperidin-1-yl 464.3 1.43 147 O alpha —CH₃Azetidin-1-yl 367.2 1.74 150 O alpha —CH₃ Propyl cyclopropylmethyl 423.32.13 151 O alpha —CH₃ 2-Cyano-ethyl pyridin-3- 471.3 1.67 ylmethyl 154 Oalpha —CH₃ Benzyl 2-dimethylamino- 488.3 1.56 ethyl 156 O alpha —CH₃2-Methoxy-ethyl 2-Methoxy-ethyl 443.3 1.90 157 O alpha —CH₃ Methyl1-methyl- 438.3 1.43 piperidin-4-yl 161 O alpha —CH₃ Propyl propyl 411.32.11 162 O alpha —CH₃ Methyl 2-dimethylamino- 412.3 1.42 ethyl 163 Oalpha —CH₃ Methyl phenethyl 445.3 2.08 164 O alpha —CH₃ Methyl allyl381.2 1.92 165 O alpha —CH₃ Ethyl pyridin-4-yl- 446.3 1.61 methyl 166 Oalpha —CH₃ Methyl methyl 355.2 1.78 168 1 alpha —CH₃ Diphenyl-methyl H507.3 2.14 171 1 alpha —CH₃ Naphthalen-1- H 481.3 2.10 ylmethyl 183 1alpha —CH₃ 2-Piperidin-1-yl- H 452.3 1.47 ethyl 189 1 alpha —CH₃Cyclopentyl H 409.3 1.95 191 1 alpha —CH₃ 3-Phenyl-propyl H 459.3 2.05195 1 alpha —CH₃ 1-Ethyl-propyl H 411.3 1.99 197 1 alpha —CH₃2-Methoxy-ethyl H 399.2 1.74 198 1 alpha —CH₃ 2-Pyrrolidin-1-yl- H 438.31.46 ethyl 199 1 alpha —CH₃ 2-(5-Methoxy-1H- H 514.3 1.91indol-3-yl)-ethyl 203 1 alpha —CH₃ 1-Phenyl-ethyl H 445.3 2.02 204 1alpha —CH₃ 1,2-Diphenyl-ethyl H 521.3 2.17 206 1 alpha —CH₃2,6-Dimethoxy- H 491.3 2.00 benzyl 207 1 alpha —CH₃ 4-Fluoro-benzyl H449.2 1.98 208 1 alpha —CH₃ 3,5-Dimethoxy- H 491.3 1.95 benzyl 209 1alpha —CH₃ 2-Phenoxy-ethyl H 461.3 1.99 211 1 alpha —CH₃ 1-Naphthalen-1-H 495.3 2.13 yl-ethyl 219 1 alpha —CH₃ 2,4-Difluoro- H 467.2 2.00 benzyl222 1 alpha —CH₃ Isobutyl H 397.3 1.94 224 1 alpha —CH₃2-Cyclohex-1-enyl- H 449.3 2.18 ethyl 225 1 alpha —CH₃ 2-Hydroxy-1- H399.2 1.65 methyl-ethyl 226 1 alpha —CH₃ 2-Methylsulfanyl- H 415.2 1.85ethyl 227 1 alpha —CH₃ 3,4,5-Trimethoxy- H 521.3 1.90 benzyl 229 1 alpha—CH₃ 2-Hydroxy- H 439.3 1.76 cyclohexyl 233 1 alpha —CH₃ 3-Diethylamino-H 454.3 1.49 propyl 234 1 alpha —CH₃ Hexyl H 425.3 2.11 235 1 alpha —CH₃3,4-Difluoro- H 467.2 1.99 benzyl 236 1 alpha —CH₃ 2-Trifluoromethyl- H499.2 2.05 benzyl 238 1 alpha —CH₃ (3-Methyl-butyric H 455.3 1.92 acidmethyl ester)-2- yl/2-(3-methyl)-butyric acid methyl ester 239 1 alpha—CH₃ 5-Methyl-thiazol- H 438.2 1.95 2-yl 240 1 alpha —CH₃ Cyclobutyl H395.2 1.85 241 1 alpha —CH₃ 4-Benzyl-piperazin-1-yl 500.3 1.56 243 1alpha —CH₃ 4-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl- 544.3 1.54 piperazin-1-yl 2441 alpha —CH₃ 4-(2-oxo-1,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol-1- 541.3 1.83yl)-piperidin-1-yl 246 1 alpha —CH₃ 2,5-Dihydro-pyrrol-1-yl 393.2 1.89247 1 alpha —CH₃ 4-Phenyl-piperazin-1-yl 486.3 2.11 249 1 alpha —CH₃Pyrrolidin-1-yl 395.2 1.89 250 1 alpha —CH₃4-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl 504.3 2.10 251 1 alpha —CH₃4-(2-Methoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl 516.3 2.08 252 1 alpha —CH₃4-(4-Chloro-phenyl)-4-hydroxy- 535.2 2.04 piperidin-1-yl 253 1 alpha—CH₃ 4-(4-trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- 554.3 2.23 piperazin-1-yl 256 1 alpha—CH₃ 4-Methyl-[1,4]diazepan-1-yl 438.3 1.43 259 1 alpha —CH₃1,4-Dioxa-8-aza-spiro[4.5]decan-8-yl 467.3 1.89 260 1 alpha —CH₃1-piperidine-4-carboxylic acid ethyl 481.3 1.98 ester/4-(carboxylic acidethyl ester)- piperidin-1-yl 266 1 alpha —CH₃ Azepan-1-yl 423.3 2.08 2681 alpha —CH₃ 4-(3-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl)- 554.3 2.23 piperazin-1-yl 2691 alpha —CH₃ 3-Hydroxy-pyrrolidin-1-yl 411.2 1.62 271 1 alpha —CH₃4-Oxo-1-phenyl-1,3,8-triaza- 555.3 1.87 spiro[4.5]decan-8-yl 273 1 alpha—CH₃ 4-pyridin-4-yl-piperazin-1-yl 487.3 1.46 274 1 alpha —CH₃4-Hydroxy-piperidin-1-yl 425.3 1.64 275 1 alpha —CH₃octahydro-quinolin-1-yl 463.3 2.29 276 1 alpha —CH₃3-Hydroxy-piperidin-1-yl 425.3 1.70 279 1 alpha —CH₃1-pyrrolidine-2-carboxylic acid methyl 453.3 1.86 ester/2-(carboxylicacid methyl ester)-pyrrolidin-1-yl 281 1 alpha —CH₃2-Hydroxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl 425.3 1.73 282 1 alpha —CH₃4-o-tolyl-piperazin-1-yl 500.3 2.23 283 1 alpha —CH₃4-(2-Ethoxy-phenyl)-piperazin-1-yl 530.3 2.14 284 1 alpha —CH₃4-Cyclohexyl-piperazin-1-yl 492.3 1.48 286 1 alpha —CH₃ thiazolidin-3-yl413.2 1.89 288 1 alpha —CH₃ methyl 2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl 460.3 1.66 289 1alpha —CH₃ Methyl 2,3,4,5,6- 519.3 1.49 pentahydroxy- hexyl 293 1 alpha—CH₃ methyl naphthalen-1- 495.3 2.20 ylmethyl 296 1 alpha —CH₃ benzylethyl 459.3 2.15 297 1 alpha —CH₃ benzyl phenethyl 535.3 2.31 299 1alpha —CH₃ methyl Butyl 411.3 2.06 302 1 alpha —CH₃ Benzyl 2-cyano-ethyl484.3 2.01 303 1 alpha —CH₃ propyl methyl 397.3 1.97 306 1 alpha —CH₃phenethyl methyl 459.3 2.08 308 1 alpha —CH₃ ethyl pyridin-4-ylmethyl460.3 1.61 312 2 beta —CH₃ Furan-2-ylmethyl H 435.24 5.93 313 2 beta—CH₃ Methyl Cyclohexyl 451.31 6.86 316 2 beta —CH₃ morpholin-4-yl 425.57318 2 beta —CH₃ pyridin-3-ylmethyl H 446.26 5.33 320 2 beta —CH₃ benzylH 323 2 beta —CH₃ 4-Chloro-benzyl H 479.22 6.45 326 2 beta —CH₃ Butyl H411.28 6.1 329 2 beta —CH₃ 5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl H 452.21 6.26   329A 2beta —H 5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl H 452.21 6.26 332 4 beta —CH₃ Cyclooctyl H493.36 5.05 334 4 beta —CH₃ 2-thiazol-4-yl- H 552.27 4.6 acetic acidethyl ester/4-(acetic acid ethyl ester)-thiazol-2-yl 335 4 beta —CH₃Benzo[1,3]dioxol- H 517.28 4.41 5-ylmethyl 336 4 beta —CH₃morpholin-4-yl 453.29 4.2 339 4 beta —CH₃ pyridin-4-ylmethyl H 474.293.93 341 4 beta —CH₃ 2-Methoxy-benzyl H 503.3 4.56 342 4 beta —CH₃3-Fluoro-benzyl H 491.28 4.54 347 4 beta —CH₃ 2-(7-methyl-1H- H 540.344.58 indol-3-yl)-ethyl 348 5 beta —CH₃ Cyclohexyl H 479.34 7 354 5 beta—CH₃ morpholin-4-yl 467.65 355 5 beta —CH₃ thiomorpholin-4-yl 483.286.86 358 5 beta —CH₃ Phenyl H 473.29 7.00   363A 5 beta —H 2-(4-Hydroxy-H phenyl)-ethyl 364 5 beta —CH₃ Methyl benzyl 501.32 7.25 366 5 beta—CH₃ 2-Thiophen-2-yl-ethyl H 507.28 6.81 368 5 beta —CH₃5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl H 494.26 6.87

TABLE 2 Intermediates of the general formula VII (ester derivatives)C-(VII)

C15 PG HPLC Rt No. n stereo or R¹ R² MS m/z [min] 369 5 beta —CH₃isopropyl

TABLE 3 Intermediates of the general formula VIII (ketone derivatives)C-(VIII)

C15 PG HPLC Rt No. n stereo or R¹ R² MS m/z [min] 370 2 beta —CH₃ ethyl

TABLE 4 Intermediates of the general formula XLI (Hydrazide derivatives)C-(XLI)

R² R⁴ No. n C15 stereo PG or R¹

MS m/z HPLC Rt [min] 371 2 beta —CH₃ morpholin-4-yl 440.27 3.62 372 2beta —CH₃ 7-chloro-quinolin-4-yl H 531.23 3.9 374 2 beta —CH₃—CO—CH₃/acetyl H 412.24 3.43 376 2 beta —CH₃ —CH₂—CO—O—CH₂—CH₃ H 456.263.82 377 2 beta —CH₃ 2-Fluoro-phenyl H 464.25 4.21 381 3 beta —CH₃Azepan-1-yl 466.32 4.45 382 3 beta —CH₃ 2-(1H-indol-3-yl)-acetyl H451.29 3.93 386 3 beta —CH₃ —CO-phenyl H 488.27 3.93 388 3 beta —CH₃methyl phenyl 474.29 4.37 390 3 beta —CH₃ 3,5-dichloro-phenyl H 528.194.66 391 3 beta —CH₃ —CO-(3,4,5-trimethoxy)-phenyl H 578.3 3.92 393 3beta —CH₃ 3-methoxy-phenyl H 490.28 4.19 394 3 beta —CH₃6-chloro-pyridazin-3-yl H 496.22 4.47 395 3 beta —CH₃2-Methoxymethyl-pyrrolidin-1-yl 482.31 4.03 401 4 beta —CH₃ methylMethyl 426.29 3.94 405 4 beta —CH₃ benzothiazol-2-yl H 531.26 5.19 406 4beta —CH₃ 4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl 481.33 3.46 408 5 beta —CH₃piperidin-1-yl 480.34 4.58 409 5 beta —CH₃ 4-methanesulfonyl-phenyl H566.28 4.15 410 5 beta —CH₃ —CO-(3-Methoxy-)phenyl H 546.31 4.26 411 5beta —CH₃ acetyl H 454.28 3.8 413 5 beta —CH₃ benzyl H 502.32 4.78 416 5beta —CH₃ 3,4-dichloro-phenyl H 556.23 4.9

TABLE 5 Intermediates of the general formula XVII (Urea derivatives)C-(XVII)

R² R⁴ No. n C15 stereo PG or R¹

MS m/z HPLC Rt [min] 420 1 alpha —H 3-nitro-phenyl —H 436.22 3.74 421 1alpha —H 3,4-Dichloro- —H 486.21 3.98 benzyl 423 1 alpha —H Benzyl —H490.25 3.8 427 1 alpha —H 4-methoxy- —H 463.21 3.76 phenyl 428 1 alpha—H 3-Cyano-phenyl —H 432.24 3.56 433 1 alpha —H isopropyl —H 454.32 4.17434 1 alpha —H octyl —H 442.25 3.34 443 3 beta —CH₃ 3-Methoxy- —H 490.284.33 phenyl 444 3 beta —CH₃ 3-trifluoromethyl- —H 528.26 4.69 phenyl 4453 beta —CH₃ 4-Fluoro-phenyl —H 478.26 4.36 448 3 beta —CH₃4-trifluoromethyl- —H 528.26 4.7 phenyl 451 3 beta —CH₃ naphthalen-1-yl—H 510.29 4.5 453 3 beta —CH₃ 2-benzoic acid — 518.28 4.76 methylester/2- (carboxylic acid methyl ester)- phenyl 455 3 beta —CH₃3-Acetyl-phenyl —H 502.28 4.23 458 3 beta —CH₃ Biphenyl-2-yl —H 536.34.79 462 3 beta —CH₃ 4-(6-methyl- —H benzothiazol-2- yl)-phenyl 466 4beta —CH₃ 2,4-Dichloro- —H 542.21 5.19 phenyl 467 4 beta —CH₃3-Fluoro-phenyl — 492.28 4.63 475 4 beta —CH₃ Cyclohexyl —H 480.34 4.56481 4 beta —CH₃ 4-Acetyl-phenyl —H 516.3 4.37 482 4 beta —CH₃4-trifluoro- —H 558.27 4.89 methoxy-phenyl 485 4 beta —CH₃naphthalen-2-yl —H 524.3 4.82 486 4 beta —CH₃ 3-propionic acid —H 498.314.18 ethyl ester/1- ethoxy-1-oxo- propan-3-yl 488 4 beta —CH₃3,4-Dimethoxy- —H 534.31 4.28 phenyl 489 4 beta —CH₃ Benzo[1,3]dioxol-—H 518.28 4.42 5-yl 490 4 beta —H 4-benzoic acid —H 532 5.91 ethylester/4- (carboxylic acid ethyl ester)- phenyl 491 4 alpha —HCyclohexylmethyl —H 480 6.42 492 4 alpha —H Phenyl —H 460 5.65

TABLE 6 Intermediates of the general formula XIX (sulfamide derivatives)C-(XIX)

R² R⁴ No. n C15 stereo PG or R¹

493 2 alpha —CH₃ 2-phenyl-ethyl —H 494 2 alpha —CH₃2-naphthalen-1-yl-ethyl —H 495 2 alpha —CH₃ 3,3-Diphenyl-propyl —H 496 2alpha —CH₃ 3-Methyl-butyl —H 497 2 alpha —CH₃2-((Phenylsulfonyl)methyl)-benzyl —H 498 2 alpha —CH₃Naphthalen-2-yl-methyl —H 499 2 alpha —CH₃ 2-(Difluoromethoxy)benzyl- —H500 2 alpha —CH₃ 2-[N,N-(2-Hydroxy-ethyl)-phenyl- —H amino]-ethyl 501 2alpha —CH₃ 2,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)-benzyl —H 502 2 alpha —CH₃ aceticacid 2-ethyl ester/ —H —CH₂—CH₃—O—CO—CH₃ 503 2 alpha —CH₃Naphthalen-1-yl-carbamic acid —H 2-ethyl ester 504 2 alpha —CH₃2,3-Dichlorophenyl-carbamic acid 2- —H ethyl ester 505 2 alpha —CH₃2,3-Dihydro-benzo[1,4]dioxin-2- —H ylmethyl 506 2 alpha —CH₃4-Fluoro-2,3-dihydro-benzofuran-2- —H ylmethyl 507 2 alpha —CH₃2-Phenyl-benzyl —H 508 2 alpha —CH₃ 2-Indol-3-yl-ethyl —H 509 2 alpha—CH₃ —CH₂-(3-benzoic acid methyl ester)/ —H (3-carboxylic acid methylester)- benzyl 510 2 alpha —CH₃ 3,4-Dichlorobenzyl —H 511 2 alpha —CH₃3,5-Bis(trifluoromethyl)benzyl —H 512 2 alpha —CH₃ 3-Benzoyl-benzyl —H513 2 alpha —CH₃ 3,2-Dihydroxy-propyl —H 514 2 alpha —CH₃2-(4-Chlorobenzoyl)-benzofuran-3-yl- —H methyl 515 2 alpha —CH₃3-propionic acid ethyl ester/ —H 1-ethoxy-1-oxo-propan-3-yl 516 2 alpha—CH₃ 3-Phenoxy-propyl —H 517 2 alpha —CH₃ 2-(4-Acetophenone)-ethyl —H518 2 alpha —CH₃ 1,2,3-Thiadiazol-4-yl-benzyl —H 519 2 alpha —CH₃—CH₂-(4-benzoic acid methyl ester)/ —H (4-carboxylic acid methyl ester)-benzyl 520 2 alpha —CH₃ —CH₂-(4-phenyl-acetic acid —H phenacylester)/—CH₂-(4-phenyl- CH₂—CO—O—CH₂—CO-phenyl) 521 2 alpha —CH₃4-(Tert-butyl)benzyl —H 522 2 alpha —CH₃ 4-butyric acid ethyl ester/ —H1-ethoxy-1-oxo-butan-4-yl 523 2 alpha —CH₃7-Methoxy-coumarin-4-yl-methyl —H 524 2 alpha —CH₃ 4-Methylbenzyl —H 5252 alpha —CH₃ 4-Methylsulfonylbenzyl —H 526 2 alpha —CH₃ 4-Phenoxy-butyl—H 527 2 alpha —CH₃ Benzofurazan-5-yl-methyl 528 2 alpha —CH₃2-(6-Amino-9H-purin-9-yl)-ethyl —H 529 2 alpha —CH₃ 3-Cyano-benzyl —H530 2 alpha —CH₃ 2-Cyano-benzyl —H 531 2 alpha —CH₃ 4-Cyano-benzyl —H532 2 alpha —CH₃ Benzoic acid 2-ethyl ester/ —H —CH₂—CH₃—O—CO-phenyl 5332 alpha —CH₃ Benzyl —H 534 2 alpha —CH₃ Cyclopropylmethyl 536 2 alpha—CH₃ 4-(1,3-Dioxo-1,3-dihydro-isoindol-2- —H yl)-butyl

TABLE 7 Intermediates of the general formula XX (carbamate derivatives)C-(XX)

C15 PG HPLC Rt No. n stereo or R¹ R² MS m/z [min] 538 1 alpha —HIsobutyl 400 5.58 539 1 alpha —H 4-Nitro-benzyl 478 5.62

TABLE 8 Intermediates of the general formula XXII (sulfamatederivatives) C-(XXII)

C15 PG HPLC Rt No. n stereo or R¹ R² MS m/z [min] 540 1 alpha —CH₃ Ethyl541 1 alpha —CH₃ Butyl 542 1 alpha —CH₃ Benzyl 543 1 alpha —CH₃ Phenyl

TABLE 9 Intermediates of the general formula XXIII (“retro”-amidederivatives) C-(XXIII)

HPLC C15 PG Rt No. n stereo or R¹ R² MS m/z [min] 544 1 alpha —CH₃3,5-Bis-trifluoromethyl- 553.21 4.73 phenyl 548 1 alpha —CH₃3-Methoxyphenyl 447.24 4.27 551 1 alpha —CH₃ 4-Hexyloxy-phenyl 517.325.25 552 1 alpha —CH₃ 4-Trifluoromethyl- 485.22 4.59 phenyl 554 1 alpha—CH₃ Tert. Butyl 397.26 4.21 554 1 alpha —CH₃ Phenoxy-methyl 447.24 4.31557 1 alpha —CH₃ Ethyl 369.23 3.81 559 1 alpha —CH₃ 2-Cyclopentyl-ethyl437.29 4.56 561 1 alpha —CH₃ Furan-2-yl 407.21 4.03 562 1 alpha —CH₃Thiophen-2-yl-methyl 437.2 4.15 564 1 alpha —CH₃ Diphenyl-methyl 565 1alpha —CH₃ Acetic acid methyl ester/ 413.22 3.79 —CH₂—CO—O—CH₃ 567 1alpha —CH₃ 2,4,5-Trifluorophenyl 471.2 4.51 568 1 alpha —CH₃2-(4-Chloro-phenoxy)- pyridin-3-yl 569 1 alpha —CH₃ 1-Phenyl-5- 551.244.53 trifluoromethyl-1H- pyrazol-4-yl 570 1 alpha —CH₃ Adamantan-1-yl475.31 4.89 574 4 alpha —CH₃ 2-methoxy-phenyl 475.27 5.77 577 4 alpha—CH₃ 4-Chloro-phenyl 479.22 5.95 580 4 alpha —H methoxymethyl 413.265.01 584 4 alpha —H 1-ethoxy-1-oxo-propan- 469.28 5.25 3-yl 588 4 alpha—H naphthalen-2-yl 495.28 6.04 593 4 alpha —H Benzo[b]thiophene-2-yl501.23 6.09 601 3 alpha —H benzyl 445.26 3.69 602 3 alpha —H Phenethyl459.28 3.78 606 3 alpha —H 3-Cyano-phenyl 456.24 3.72 609 3 beta —CH₃2,4-Dichloro-phenyl 513.18 6.74 615 3 beta —CH₃ methyl 383.25 5.5 622 3beta —CH₃ 4-Cyano-phenyl 470.26 6.24 625 3 beta —CH₃ 3,5-Dichloro-phenyl513.18 7.16 627 3 beta —CH₃ Benzyloxy-methyl 489.29 6.53 628 3 beta —CH₃2-(3-trifluoromethyl- phenyl)-vinyl 629 4 beta —CH₃ 3,4-Difluoro-phenyl495.26 6.84 635 4 beta —CH₃ 2-bromo-phenyl 537.19 6.7 637 4 beta —CH₃3-Chloro-phenyl 493.24 6.97 641 4 beta —CH₃ 4-methoxy-phenyl 489.29 6.54645 4 beta —CH₃ 2,2-dimethyl-propyl 453.32 6.72 648 4 beta —CH₃cyclohexyl 465.32 6.82 650 4 beta —CH₃ naphthalen-1-yl 509.29 6.93 653 3alpha —H 3,4-Dichlorophenyl 500 4.17 655 4 alpha —H 4-Fluorobenzyl 4785.72 657 4 alpha —H 2,4-Difluorophenyl 482 5.86 658 5 beta —CH₃ Phenyl474 6.80 660 5 beta —CH₃ 4-Fluorophenyl 492 6.68

TABLE 10 Intermediates of the general formula XXIV (“retro”-sulfonamidederivatives) C-(XXIV)

HPLC C15 PG Rt No. n stereo or R¹ R² MS m/z [min] 661 1 alpha —HNaphthalene-2-yl 489.2 5.75 663 1 alpha —H Quinoline-8-yl 490.19 5.41666 1 alpha —H 4-(N-acetyl)-amino- 496.2 4.83 phenyl 668 1 alpha —H4-methoxy-phenyl 469.19 5.35 673 1 alpha —H 3,4-Dichloro-phenyl 507.15.98 676 1 alpha —H 3-Chloro-phenyl 473.14 5.67 680 1 alpha —H2,4-Dichloro-phenyl 507.1 5.88 704 3 beta —CH₃ 4-nitro-phenyl 526.214.54 706 3 beta —CH₃ benzyl 495.24 4.51 707 3 beta —CH₃ propyl 447.244.34 713 3 beta —CH₃ 2,5-Dichloro-thiophene- 555.11 5.04 3-yl 715 3 beta—CH₃ 3-methyl-phenyl 495.24 4.67 716 3 beta —CH₃ 3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl541.25 4.37 717 3 beta —CH₃ 4-Benzenesulfonyl- 627.18 4.59thiophene-2-yl 720 4 beta —CH₃ Thiophene-2-yl 501.2 4.65 722 4 beta —CH₃phenyl 495.24 4.7 723 4 beta —CH₃ 4-Fluoro-phenyl 513.23 4.74 727 4 beta—CH₃ 3-trifluoromethyl-phenyl 563.23 4.97 728 4 beta —CH₃3,5-Bis-trifluoromethyl- 631.22 5.23 phenyl 729 4 beta —CH₃2,5-dimethoxy-phenyl 555.27 4.72 731 4 beta —CH₃ 4-trifluoromethoxy-579.23 5.03 phenyl 739 5 beta —CH₃ 4-Methyl-phenyl 524 6.91

TABLE 11 Intermediates of the general formula XXV (sulfonylureaderivatives) C-(XXV)

PG HPLC C15 or MS Rt No. n stereo R¹ R² m/z [min] 740 2 alpha — PhenylCH₃ 741 2 alpha — 4-Chloro-phenyl CH₃ 742 2 alpha — 4-Methyl-phenyl CH₃743 2 alpha — 2-Methyl-phenyl CH₃

TABLE 12 Intermediates of the general formula XXVI (“retro”- carbamatederivatives) C-(XXVI)

PG HPLC C15 or MS Rt No. n stereo R¹ R² m/z [min] 744 3 beta —2,4-Dichloro-phenyl 529 5.52 CH₃ 745 3 beta — 4-Trifluoromethyl-phenyl529 5.18 CH₃ 747 3 beta — 3-Cyano-phenyl 486 4.74 CH₃ 748 3 beta —Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl- 505 4.68 CH₃ 751 4 beta — 3-Fluoro-phenyl 493 5.1CH₃ 755 4 beta — 2-benzoic acid methyl ester 533 5.67 CH₃ 761 5 beta —3-Nitro-phenyl 534 5.21 CH₃ 764 5 beta — 3,4-Dichloro-benzyl 571 5.48CH₃ 767 6 beta — 4-benzoic acid ethyl ester 553 5.56 CH₃ 769 6 beta —Naphthalen-1-yl 561 6.12 CH₃ 773 6 beta — 3,4-Dichloro-phenyl 553 5.56CH₃

TABLE 13 Intermediates of the general formula XXVII (“retro”-esterderivatives) C-(XXVII)

PG HPLC C15 or MS Rt No. n stereo R¹ R² m/z [min] 774 4 beta —Tert-Butyl 441 7.85 CH₃ 775 5 beta — Tert-Butyl 455 8.07 CH₃

TABLE 14 Intermediates of the general formula XXVIII (sulfonylcar-bamate derivatives) C-(XXVIII)

R² R⁴ No. n C15 stereo PG or R¹

MS m/z HPLC Rt [min] 790 3 beta — 2-(1H-indol-3- H 607 4.36 CH₃yl)-ethyl 792 3 beta — cyclohexyl H 546 4.59 CH₃ 795 3 beta —morpholine-4-yl 534 3.96 CH₃ 797 4 beta — 4-methyl- 561 3.57 CH₃piperazine-1-yl 802 4 beta — methyl benzyl 582 4.84 CH₃ 805 5 beta —benzyl H 582 4.64 CH₃ 811 5 beta — methyl butyl 562 5.09 CH₃ 817 6 beta— butyl H 562 4.9 CH₃ 818 6 beta — phenyl H 582 4.46 CH₃

INTERMEDIATES 820 to 834—Alcohols

The synthesis of the following estrone-alcohol derivatives of generalformula XXXI is described in the section “Intermediates, ChapterIV—Compounds of formula XXXI”.

Intermediate No. 820:15α-Hydroxymethyl-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIα-1a)

Intermediate No. 821:15α-Hydroxymethyl-3-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIα-1b)

Intermediate No. 822:3-Benzyloxy-15α-hydroxymethyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIα-1c)

Intermediate No. 823:3-Hydroxy-15β-(3-Hydroxypropyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIα-3a)

Intermediate No. 824:15β-(3-Hydroxypropyl)-3-methoxyestra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIβ-3b)

Intermediate No. 825:3-Benzyloxy-15β-(3-hydroxypropyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one(XXXIβ-3c)

Intermediate No. 826:3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-hydroxybutyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIβ-4a)

Intermediate No. 827:15β-(4-Hydroxybutyl)-3-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIβ-4b)

Intermediate No. 828:3-Benzyloxy-15β-(4-hydroxybutyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIβ-4c)

Intermediate No. 829:3-Hydroxy-15β-(5-Hydroxypentyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIβ-5a)

Intermediate No. 830:15β-(5-Hydroxypentyl)-3-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIβ-5b)

Intermediate No. 831:3-Benzyloxy-15β-(5-hydroxypentyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one(XXXIβ-5c)

Intermediate No. 832:3-Hydroxy-15β-(6-hydroxyhexyl)-3-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIβ-6a)

Intermediate No. 833:15β-(6-Hydroxyhexyl)-3-methoxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIβ-6b)

Intermediate No. 834:3-Benzyloxy-15β-(6-hydroxyhexyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one (XXXIβ-6c)TABLE 15 Intermediates of the general formula XXX (ether deriva- tives)C-(XXX)

HPLC C15 PG MS Rt No. n stereo or R¹ R² m/z [min] 835 3 beta —CH₃ Methyl374 6.8 836 4 beta —CH₃ Phenyl 450 7.77

EXAMPLES

In order to more fully illustrate the nature of the invention and themanner of practicing the same, the following examples are presented, butthey should not be taken as limiting.

Compounds Carrying an Additional Substituent in C2 Position of theSteroidal Core

Example 1N-Benzyl-4-(2-ethyl-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide

Example 1 was obtained from intermediate compound (IVb-(C2-C)-3a) byamid coupling according to Flow Diagram Ib: Compound (IVb-(C2-C)-3a)(100 mg, 0.26 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of EtOAc (35 ml), benzylamine (0.26 mmol), TEA (0.52 mmol) and propylphosphonic acid anhydridein EtOAc (T3P) (50 w/w %, 0.52 mmol) under N₂ atmosphere at 0° C. Afterstirring for 2 h at ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was pouredinto water (50 ml) and diluted with EtOAc (25 ml). The aqueous layer wasneutralized to pH 8 with aq. NaHCO₃, separated and extracted with EtOAc(2×25 ml). The combined organic layers were washed with water (25 ml)and dried over Na₂SO₄. The organic layer was concentrated in vacuoyielding Compound No. 1 (56 mg, 0.12 mmol, 46%) after columnchromatography (SiO₂, DCM/MeOH=100/0 to 95/5).

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 0.99 (s, 3H, Steroid-CH₃), 1.22 (t, J=7.4 Hz,3H, Ethyl), 1.3-1.8 (m, 11H, Steroid), 2.2-2.42 (m, 8H, Steroid), 2.60(q, J=7.4 Hz, 2H, Ethyl), 2.8-2.88 (m, 2H, Steroid), 4.44 (d, J=5.8 Hz,2H, CH₂—Ph), 4.64 (bs, 1H, OH), 5.67 (bs, 1H, NH), 6.53 (s, 1H,Steroid-Ar—H), 7.03 (s, 1H, Steroid-Ar—H), 7.23-7.34 (m, 5H, Bn) ppm.

Example 2N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide

Example 2 was obtained from intermediate compound (IVb-(C2-G)-3a) byamid coupling according to Flow Diagram Ib: Compound (IVb-(C2-G)-3a)(500 mg, 1.25 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of EtOAc (25 ml), benzylamine (2.50 mmol), TEA (3.75 mmol) and propylphosphonic acid anhydridein EtOAc (T3P) (50 w/w %, 1.50 mmol) under N₂ atmosphere. After thereaction mixture had been stirred at ambient temperature for 1 h, it wasstirred at 45° C. for 16 h. The reaction mixture was allowed to reachambient temperature, poured into water (50 ml) and diluted with EtOAc(25 ml). The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc (2×25ml). The combined organic layers were, washed with aq. 1M HCl (25 ml),washed with brine (25 ml) and dried over Na₂SO₄. The organic layer wasconcentrated in vacuo yielding Compound No. 2 (370 mg, 0.756 mmol, 60%)after column chromatography (SiO₂, DCM/MeOH=97.5/2.5).

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 0.96 (t, 3H), 0.98 (s, 3H), 1.3-1.6 (m, 4H),1.6-1.8 (m, 7H), 1.90 (d, 1H), 2.00 (d, 1H, broad), 2.2-2.5 (m, 7H),2.58 (t, 2H), 2.7-2.9 (m, 2H), 4.23 (d, 2H), 4.97 (s, 1H, broad), 5.72(t, 1H, broad), 6.50 (s, 1H), 7.00 (s, 1H), 7.2-7.3 (m, 5H) ppm.

Example 3N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide

Example 3 was obtained from intermediate compound (IVb-(C2-F)-3a) byamid coupling according to Flow Diagram Ib using the procedure asdescribed for Example 1.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 0.99 (s, 3H, Steroid-CH₃), 1.2-2.0 (m, 11H,Steroid), 2.2-2.42 (m, 7H, Steroid), 2.84 (m, 4H, Steroid), 3.41 (s, 3H,OMe), 3.67 (m, 2H, OCH₂), 4.44 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 2H, CH₂-Ph), 5.71 (bm, 1H,OH or NH), 6.67 (s, 1H, Steroid-Ar—H), 6.94 (s, 1H, Steroid-Ar—H),7.25-7.34 (m, 5H, Bn), 7.96 (s, 1H, OH or NH) ppm.

Example 4N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide

Example 4 was obtained starting from intermediate compound(IVb-(C2-B)-3a) by amide coupling according to Flow Diagram Ib. Asolution of the 0.07 mmol (IVb-(C2-B)-3a), 0.077 mmol HOBT, 0.231 mmolNMM and 0.154 mmol EDCI in 5 ml DCM were added to 0.07 mmol of benzylamine. The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at ambient temperature.The solvent was removed in vacuo at 40° C. Than 4 ml EtOAc and 4 mlwater were added. After vigorous stirring for 2 min, the organic phasewas separated, dried with Na₂SO₄ and evaporated in vacuo at 40° C. Thecrude product was treated with 2 ml THF, 10 mg LiOH and 0.5 ml water.After evaporation and further extraction (EtOAc and 0.1 M KHSO₄), 50 mgtrisaminoeethlyamine polymer bound were added. After filtration andevaporating to dryness the compound No. 4 was obtained (HPLC Rt=3.79).

Example 52-Ethyl-3-hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one

Example 5 was prepared starting from intermediate compound(IVb-(C2-C)-3a), which was converted into the desired amid by amidcoupling with morpholine according to Flow Diagram Ib and as describedabove for Example 2 (Compound (IVb-(C2-C)-3a) (110 mg, 0.28 mmol), EtOAc(30 ml), morpholine (0.28 mmol), TEA (0.57 mmol), T3P (0.34 mmol).Compound No. 5 (68 mg, 0.15 mmol, 54%) obtained after columnchromatography (SiO₂, DCM/MeOH=100/0 to 95/5).

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 1.01 (s, 3H, Steroid-CH₃), 1.22 (t, J=7.5 Hz,3H, Ethyl), 1.3-2.0 (m, 11H, Steroid), 2.2-2.42 (m, 7H,Steroid/Morpholine), 2.60 (q, J=7.7 Hz, 2H, ethyl), 2.82-2.90 (m, 2H,Steroid), 3.44-3.50 (m, 2H), 3.6-3.70 (m, 6H, Morpholine), 4.61 (s, 1H,OH), 6.53 (s, 1H, Steroid-Ar—H), 7.04 (s, 1H, Steroid-Ar—H) ppm.

Example 63-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one

Example 6 was prepared as described above for Example 2 starting fromintermediate compound (IVb-(C2-G)-3a), which was converted into thedesired amid by amid coupling with morpholine according to Flow DiagramIb (Compound (IVb-(C2-G)-3a) (500 mg, 1.25 mmol), EtOAc (25 ml),morpholine (2.5 mmol), TEA (3.75 mmol), T3P (1.5 mmol). Compound No. 6(225 mg, 0.481 mmol, 38%) was obtained after column chromatography(SiO₂, DCM/MeOH=97.5/2.5).

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 0.98 (t, 3H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 1.3-1.8 (m, 11H),1.90 (d, 1H), 2.00 (d, 1H, broad), 2.2-2.5 (m, 7H), 2.35 (t, 2H),2.8-3.0 (m, 2H), 3.45 (t, 2H), 3.6-3.70 (m, 6H), 5.30 (s, 1H), 6.54 (s,1H), 7.00 (s, 1H) ppm.

Example 73-Hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one

Example 7 was prepared from intermediate compound (IVb-(C2-F)-3a) byamid coupling according to Flow Diagram Ib: Compound (IVb-(C2-F)-3a) (85mg, 0.221 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of EtOAc (40 ml), morpholine(0.24 mmol), TEA (0.44 mmol) and T3P in in EtOAc (50 w/w %, 0.26 mmol)under N₂ atmosphere at 0° C. After stirring at ambient temperature for16 h, the reaction mixture was poured into water (100 ml) and dilutedwith EtOAc (50 ml). The aqueous layer was neutralized to pH 8 with aq.NaHCO₃, separated and extracted with EtOAc (3×50 ml). The combinedorganic layers were washed with water (50 ml) and dried over Na₂SO₄. Theorganic layer was concentrated in vacuo yielding Compound No. 7 (43 mg,0.088 mmol, 40%) after column chromatography (SiO₂, DCM/MeOH=99/1 to94/6).

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 1.00 (s, 3H, Steroid-CH₃), 1.2-2.05 (m, 9H,Steroid), 2.2-2.44 (m, 8H, Steroid+morpholine), 2.81 (m, 4H, Steroid),3.40 (s, 3H, OMe), 3.45 (t, J=4.7 Hz, 2H, OCH₂), 3.57-3.72 (m, 8H,morpholine), 6.67 (s, 1H, Steroid-Ar—H), 6.94 (s, 1H, Steroid-Ar—H),7.97 (s, 1H, OH or NH) ppm.

Example 83-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one

Example 8 was prepared starting from intermediate compound(IVb-(C2-B)-3a), which was converted into the desired amid by amidcoupling with morpholine according to Flow Diagram Ib and as describedabove for Example 4 using 0.07 mmol of (IVb-(C2-B)-3a) and 0.07 mmolmorpholine, yielding Compound No. 4.

¹³C NMR (126 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 17.7 (q, 1 C) 25.1 (t, 1 C) 25.8(t, 1 C) 26.8 (t, 1 C) 28.7 (t, 1 C) 30.9 (t, 1 C) 32.8 (t, 1 C) 33.9(t, 1 C) 34.4 (d, 1 C) 36.0 (d, 1 C) 41.9 (t, 1 C) 42.7 (t, 1 C) 44.8(d, 1 C) 45.9 (t, 1 C) 47.1 (s, 1 C) 52.8 (d, 1 C) 56.1 (d, 1 C) 66.6(t, 1 C) 66.9 (t, 1 C) 107.8 (d, 1 C) 114.6 (d, 1 C) 129.2 (s, 1 C)131.4 (s, 1 C) 143.7 (s, 1 C) 144.7 (s, 1 C) 171.2 (s, 1 C) 220.9 (s, 1C)

¹H NMR (501 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 1.02 (s, 3H) 1.32-1.85 (m, 7H)1.87-1.95 (m, 1H) 1.98-2.06 (m, 1H) 2.25-2.51 (m, 5H) 2.75-2.92 (m, 2H)3.42-3.51 (m, 2H) 3.57-3.72 (m, 6H) 3.86 (s, 3H) 5.52 (s, 1H) 6.67 (s,1H) 6.78 (s, 1H)

Example 94-(2-Ethyl-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-butyramide

Example 9 was prepared as described above for Example 2 starting fromintermediate compound (IVb-(C2-C)-3a), which was converted into thedesired amid by amid coupling with 2-amino-5-methylthiazole according toFlow Diagram Ib: (Compound (IVb-(C2-C)-3a) (730 mg, 1.89 mmol), EtOAc(150 ml), 2-amino-5-methylthiazole (216 mg, 1.89 mmol), TEA (3.79 mmol),T3P (2.27 mmol). Compound No. 9 (280 mg, 0.58 mmol, 31%) was obtainedafter recrystallization from DCM.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, d-DMSO): δ 0.90 (s, 3H, Steroid-CH₃), 1.05 (t, J=7.4Hz, 3H, Ethyl), 1.2-1.4 (m, 4H, Steroid), 1.44-1.74 (m, 6H, Steroid),1.82-1.93 (m, 1H, Steroid), 2.1-2.7 (m, 14H, Steroid), 6.43 (s, 1H,Steroid-Ar—H), 6.89 (s, 1H, Steroid-Ar—H), 7.08 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H,Thiazol-H), 8.82 (bs, 1H, NH or OH), 11.82 (bs, 1H, NH or OH) ppm.

Example 104-(3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-butyramide

Example 10 was prepared starting from intermediate compound(IVb-(C2-B)-3a), which was converted into the desired amid by amidecoupling according to Flow Diagram Ib and as described above for Example4 using 0.07 mmol of (IVb-(C2-B)-3a) and 0.07 mmol2-amino-5-methylthiazole, yielding Compound No. 10 (33.7 mg, MS 484, Rt3.86).

Further Compounds

A variety of compounds numbered 11 to 28 and falling under the scope ofgeneral formula (I), in which X-A-Y represents —CO—NR⁴, R¹ represents H,R¹⁴ represents —O—CH₃,C15 is substituted in the β position and n is 3,were prepared by parallel chemistry using a reaction according togeneral flow diagram Ib and as described in EXAMPLE 4. TABLE 16

R² R⁴ No.

MW HPLC Rt [min] 11 Cyclopropyl H 425.6 3.48 12 Cyclohexyl H 467.6 3.9013 Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5- H 519.6 3.73 ylmethyl 14 2-Pyridin-2-yl-ethyl H490.6 3.43 15 Pyridin-3-yl-methyl H 476.6 3.36 16 2-Methoxy-ethyl H443.6 3.41 17 2,4-Difluorobenzyl H 511.6 3.88 18 3,5-Dimethoxy-benzyl H535.7 3.78 19 2-(7-Methyl-1H-indol-3- H 542.7 3.92 yl)-ethyl 201-Methyl-1H-imidazol-4- H 479.6 3.18 ylmethyl 21 Piperidin-1-yl 453.63.90 22 Methyl Benzyl 489.7 4.07 23 Ethyl Ethyl 441.6 3.84 24 Methyl2-(3,4-Dimethoxy- 563.7 3.87 phenyl)-ethyl 25 4-Isopropyl-piperazin-1-yl496.7 3.19 26 3,4-Difluoro-phenyl H 497.6 4.15 27 3-Chloro-phenyl H496.0 4.24 28 3-Trifluoromethoxy- H 545.6 4.40 phenyl

A variety of compounds numbered 29 to 89 and falling under the scope ofgeneral formula (I), in which X-A-Y represents —CO—NR⁴, R¹ represent H,and n is 3, were prepared by parallel chemistry using a reactionaccording to general flow diagram Ib.

Synthesis Protocol: 0.07 mmol of the individual amine was weight outinto a reaction flask. A solution of 0.07 mmol of the respectivesteroidal building block (IVb-(C2-G)-3a), (IVa-(C2-D)-3a), and(IVa-(C2-B)-3a) in 5 ml DCM were added. Then, 0.077 mmol polymer boundHOBT, 0.231 mmol polymer bound NMM and 0.154 mmol polymer bound EDCIwere added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at ambienttemperature. Afterwards, the reaction mixture was filtrated, washedtwice with 1 ml DCM and evaporated to dryness. The crude product wastreated with 2 ml THF, 10 mg LiOH and 0.5 ml water. After evaporationand further extraction (EtOAc and 0.1 M KHSO₄) approx. 50 mgtrisaminoeethlyamine polymer bound were added yielding the desiredproduct after filtration and evaporating to dryness. TABLE 17

R² R⁴ No. R¹⁴ C15 stereo

MW HPLC Rt [min] 29 propyl beta cyclohexyl H 479.7 6.09 30 propyl betaBenzo[1,3]dioxol-5- H 531.7 5.90 ylmethyl 31 propyl beta2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl H 502.7 5.46 32 propyl beta pyridin-3-ylmethyl H488.7 5.36 33 propyl beta 3,5-Dimethoxy-benzyl H 547.7 5.96 34 propylbeta 2-(7-methyl-1H-indol-3- H 554.8 6.12 yl)-ethyl 35 propyl beta1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4- H 491.7 5.12 ylmethyl 36 propyl betapiperidin-1-yl 465.7 6.05 37 propyl beta methyl benzyl 501.7 6.27 38propyl beta 2-(3,4-Dimethoxy- H 575.8 6.01 phenyl)-ethyl 39 propyl beta4-isopropyl-piperazin-1-yl 508.7 5.10 40 propyl beta 1H-indazol-6-yl H513.7 6.26 41 propyl beta 2-methoxy-ethyl H 455.3 5.78 42 propyl beta2,4-difluorobenzyl H 523.3 6.50 43 ethoxy alpha cyclopropyl H 439.6 5.0644 ethoxy alpha cyclohexyl H 481.7 5.67 45 ethoxy alphaBenzo[1,3]dioxol-5- H 533.7 5.49 ylmethyl 46 ethoxy alpha2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl H 504.7 4.98 47 ethoxy alpha pyridin-3-ylmethyl H490.6 4.89 48 ethoxy alpha benzyl H 489.7 5.57 49 ethoxy alpha2-methoxy-ethyl H 457.6 4.93 50 ethoxy alpha 2,4-difluorobenzyl H 525.65.70 51 ethoxy alpha 3,5-Dimethoxy-benzyl H 549.7 5.55 52 ethoxy alpha7-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl H 556.7 5.70 53 ethoxy alpha1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4- H 493.6 4.58 ylmethyl 54 ethoxy alphamorpholin-4-yl 469.6 5.07 55 ethoxy alpha piperidin-1-yl 467.6 5.63 56ethoxy alpha methyl benzyl 503.7 5.89 57 ethoxy alpha 2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-H 577.8 5.60 phenyl)-ethyl 58 ethoxy alpha 4-isopropyl-piperazin-1-yl510.7 4.56 59 ethoxy alpha 1H-indazol-6-yl H 515.7 5.88 60 ethoxy alphaBenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl H 519.6 5.63 61 ethoxy alpha 3-Cyano-phenyl H500.6 5.74 62 ethoxy alpha 3,4-Difluoro-phenyl H 511.6 5.98 63 ethoxyalpha 5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl H 496.7 5.58 64 ethoxy alpha ethyl ethyl455.3 5.98 65 ethoxy alpha 3-chloro-phenyl H 509.2 6.56 66 methoxy alphacyclopropyl H 425.6 4.78 67 methoxy alpha cyclohexyl H 467.6 5.42 68methoxy alpha Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5- H 519.6 5.25 ylmethyl 69 methoxy alpha2-pyridin-2-yl-ethyl H 490.6 4.72 70 methoxy alpha pyridin-3-ylmethyl H476.6 4.63 71 methoxy alpha benzyl H 475.6 5.32 72 methoxy alpha2-methoxy-ethyl H 443.6 4.65 73 methoxy alpha 2,4-difluorobenzyl H 511.65.46 74 methoxy alpha 3,5-Dimethoxy-benzyl H 535.7 5.31 75 methoxy alpha7-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl H 542.7 5.48 76 methoxy alpha1-methyl-1H-imidazol-4- H 479.6 4.30 ylmethyl 77 methoxy alphamorpholin-4-yl 455.6 4.79 78 methoxy alpha piperidin-1-yl 453.6 5.35 79methoxy alpha methyl benzyl 489.7 5.63 80 methoxy alpha ethyl ethyl441.6 5.29 81 methoxy alpha 2-(3,4-Dimethoxy- H 563.7 5.35 phenyl)-ethyl82 methoxy alpha 4-isopropyl-piperazin-1-yl 496.7 4.30 83 methoxy alpha1H-indazol-6-yl H 501.6 5.63 84 methoxy alpha 5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl H482.6 5.34 85 methoxy alpha 3,4-dihydroxybenzyl H 507.3 4.87 86 methoxyalpha Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl H 505.3 5.71 87 methoxy alpha 3-Cyano-phenylH 486.3 5.85 88 methoxy alpha 3,4-Difluoro-phenyl H 497.2 6.13 89methoxy alpha 3-chloro-phenyl H 495.2 6.27

II. Compounds Carrying a Substitution of the C17 Oxo Function of theSteroidal Core

Example 904-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one

Example 90 was prepared from the Intermediate No. 1(3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one)according to the reaction depicted in Section D-(I)-(b): To a solutionof the estron derivative (106 mg; 250 μmol) in Deoxofluor (0.96 ml; 5.00mmol) a drop of ethanol was added; the solution was stirred at RT for 5d. Subsequently, DCM (10 ml) was added and the product was hydrolyzed byaddition of saturated NaHCO₃ solution under ice cooling. For work up,the organic phase was separated off, and the remaining water phase wasextracted with DCM (2×10 ml). The combined DCM fractions were dried overMgSO₄. After evaporation and subsequent purification using columnchromatography (DCM/Ether 1:1), 81 mg of a colourless solid wereobtained (MW 489.64).

¹³C NMR (126 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 17.0 (q, J_((C,F)), 1 C) 24,5 (t,1 C) 25.0 (t, 1 C) 27,4 (t, 1 C) 29.3 (t, J_((C,F)),1 C) 30.7 (t, 1 C)31.7 (t, 1 C) 32,9 (d, J_((C,F)),1 C) 34.4 (t, 1 C) 35.9 (d, 1 C)39.7-40.5 (t, J_((C,F)),1 C) 42.0 (t, 1 C) 44.1 (d, 1 C) 45.2 (t, 1 C)46,1 (s, J_((C,F)), 1 C) 50,3 (d, J_((C,F)), 1 C) 66.7 (t, 1 C) 67.0 (t,1 C) 112.7 (d, 1 C) 115.3 (d, 1 C) 126.0 (d, 1 C) 132.3 (s, 1 C) 138.0(s, 1 C) 153.9 (s, 1 C) 171.5 (s, 1 C)

¹H NMR (501 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 0.99 (s, 3H) 1.23-2.5 (m, 18H)2.82 (m, 2H) 3.43-3.52 (m, 2H) 3.59-3.73 (m, 6H) 5.66 (br. s., 1H) 6.57(d, J=2.55 Hz, 1H) 6.63 (dd, J=8.5, 2.5 Hz, 1H) 7.10 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H)

Example 914-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one

Example 91 was prepared from the Intermediate No. 40 named3-Hydroxy-15α-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-oneas described for Example 90.

¹³C NMR (126 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 14.9 (q, J_((C,F))=3.89 Hz, 1 C)23.8 (t, 1 C) 26.2 (t, 1 C) 27.6 (t, 1 C) 28.6 (t, J_((C,F))=4.67 Hz, 1C) 29.7 (t, 1 C) 33.2 (t, 1 C) 35.9 (d, J_((C,F))=6.75 Hz, 1 C) 36.8 (t,1 C) 39.4 (d, 1 C) 39.5-40.0 (t, J_((CF)), 1 C) 42.1 (t, 1 C) 43.8 (d, 1C) 46.1 (t, 1 C) 46.8 (s, J_((C,F))=19.98 Hz, 1 C) 53.1 (d,J_((C,F))=4.15 Hz, 1 C) 66.6 (t, 1 C) 66.9 (t, 1 C) 113.1 (d, 1 C) 115.1(d, 1 C) 126.8 (d, 1 C) 128.9-133.4 (s, J_((C,F)), 1 C) 131.5 (s, 1 C)137.5 (s, 1 C) 154.0 (s, 1 C) 171.8 (s, 1 C)

¹H NMR (501 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 0.92 (s, 3H) 1.19-1.36 (m, 3H)1.38-1.50 (m, 1H) 1.51-1.83 (m, 7H) 1.86-1.99 (m, 2H) 2.13-2.23 (m, 1H)2.28-2.53 (m, 4H) 2.70-2.83 (m, 2H) 3.43-3.52 (m, 2H) 3.59-3.73 (m, 6H)6.06 (br. s., 1H) 6.55 (d, J=2.75 Hz, 1H) 6.64 (dd, J=8.54, 2.75 Hz, 1H)7.12 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 1H)

Example 924-(17-Fluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15β-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one

Example 92 was isolated as by-product during the synthesis of ExampleNo. 91.

¹H NMR (501 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 0.99 (s, 3H) 1.23-1.85 (m, 9H)1.93-2.00 (m, 1H) 2.12-2.20 (m, 1H) 2.25-2.48 (m, 5H) 2.68-2.84 (m, 2H)3.44-3.53 (m, 2H) 3.63-3.70 (m, 6H) 4.83-4.87 (m, 1H) 6.55 (d, J=2.4 Hz,1H) 6.63 (dd, J=8.5, 2.7 Hz, 1H) 7.08 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H)

¹³C NMR (126 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 17.1 (q, J_(C,F)=4.2 Hz, 1 C)23.3 (t, 1 C) 26.4 (t, 1 C) 27.8 (t, 1 C) 29.7 (t, 1 C) 32.9 (t, 1 C)33.3 (t, 1 C) 34.2 (t, 1 C) 37.8 (d, 1 C) 40.4 (d, J_(C,F)=5.7 Hz, 1 C)42.1 (t, 1 C) 44.3 (s, J_(C,F)=20.5 Hz, 1 C) 44.4 (d, 1 C) 46.1 (t, 1 C)57.9 (d, J_(C,F)=5.2 Hz, 1 C) 66.6 (t, 1 C) 66.9 (t, 1 C) 104.2 (d,J_(C,F)=8.0 Hz, 1 C) 112.9 (d, 1 C) 115.1 (d, 1 C) 126.3 (d, 1 C) 131.8(s, 1 C) 137.4 (s, 1 C) 154.1 (s, 1 C) 170.7 (s, J_(C,F)=289.9 Hz, 1 C)172.0 (s, 1 C)

Example 933-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-propionamide

Example 93 was prepared from the Intermediate IVβ-2a-D1F2 using amidecoupling with 2-amino-5-methylthiazole according to general flow diagramIb and as described for synthesis of Example 4.

¹H NMR (501 MHz, DMSO-d₆): □ ppm 1.01 (s, 3H) 1.28-1.37 (m, 2H)1.47-1.74 (m, 5H) 1.86-1.96 (m, 1H) 1.97-2.04 (m, 1H) 2.06-2.22 (m, 3H)2.24-2.39 (m, 6H) 2.40-2.48 (m, 1H) 2.68-2.84 (m, 2H) 6.47 (d, J=2.4 Hz,1H) 6.52 (dd, J=8.4, 2.6 Hz, 1H) 7.01-7.05 (m, 1H) 7.09-7.11 (m, 1H)8.96-9.03 (m, 1H) 11.86 (s, 1H)

¹³C NMR (126 MHz, DMSO-d₆): □ ppm 11.0 (q, 1 C) 16.6-16.7 (q, J_(C,F), 1C) 24.5 (t, 1 C) 26.8 (t, 1 C) 26.8 (t, 1 C) 28.8 (t, 1 C) 30.4 (t,J_(C,F)=4.9 Hz, 1 C) 33.4 (d, J_(C,F)=6.7 Hz, 1 C) 34.2 (t, 1 C) 35.5(d, 1 C) 38.5-38.8 (t, J_(C,F),1 C) 43.7 (d, 1 C) 44.5-45.0 (s, J_(C,F),1 C) 49.7 (d, J_(C,F)=4.9 Hz, 1 C) 112.6 (d, 1 C) 114.9 (d, 1 C) 125.6(d, 1 C) 125.9 (s, 1 C) 130.1 (s, 1 C) 130.6-134.7 (s, J_(C,F), 1 C)134.6 (d, 1 C) 137.1 (s, 1 C) 155.0 (s, 1 C) 156.1 (s, 1 C) 170.7 (s, 1C)

Example 944-(17-Trifluoromethyl-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15β-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one

Example 94 was prepared from intermediate Vβ-3a-D-(I)-(d)-CF₃ by amidecoupling according to general flow diagram Ia: To the solution ofVβ-3a-D-(I)-(d)-CF₃ in DCM, a large excess of the Hünig base N(iPr)₂Etand morpholine was added. The solution was stirred over night at ambienttemperature. After dilution with further DCM and washing twice with 1 MKHSO₄, the organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and evaporated todryness. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography withDCM/EtOAc and by preparative HPLC yielding 15 mg of compound No. 95 aswhite solid.

¹³C NMR (126 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 22.2 (q, 1 C) 24.7 (t, 1 C) 25.6(t, 1 C) 27.3 (t, 1 C) 29.1 (t, 1 C) 29.3 (t, 1 C) 33.1 (t, 1 C) 35.1(d, 1 C) 36.1 (t, 1 C) 42.1 (t, 1 C) 44.2 (d, 1 C) 44.6 (d, 1 C) 46.1(t, 1 C) 46.3 (s, 1 C) 57.6 (d, 1 C) 66.7 (t, 1 C) 67.0 (t, 1 C) 112.7(d, 1 C) 115.3 (d, 1 C) 122.4-124.8 (s, 1 C) 125.8 (d, 1 C) 132.5 (s, 1C) 137.9 (s, 1 C) 138.5 (d, J=5.7 Hz, 1 C) 143.3-144.3 (s, 1 C) 153.9(s, 1 C) 171.5 (s, 1 C)

¹H NMR (501 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 1.14 (s, 3H) 1.32-1.78 (m, 8H)1.84 (dd, J=11.9, 7.3 Hz, 1H) 1.95-2.04 (m, 2H) 2.27-2.36 (m, 4H)2.57-2.64 (m, 1H) 2.80-2.88 (m, 2H) 3.44-3.51 (m, 2H) 3.62-3.71 (m, 6H)5.40-5.73 (m, 1H) 6.45-6.48 (m, 1H) 6.58 (d, J=2.7 Hz, 1H) 6.63 (dd,J=8.2, 2.7 Hz, 1H) 7.09 (d, J=8.2 Hz, 1H)

Example 954-(17-Difluoromethylene-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one

Example 95 was prepared from intermediate Vβ-3a-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂ by amidecoupling according to general flow diagram Ia: To the solution ofVβ-3a-D-(I)-(a)=CF₂ in DCM, a large excess of the Hünig base N(iPr)₂Etand morpholine was added. The solution was stirred over night at ambienttemperature. After dilution with further DCM and washing twice with 1 MKHSO₄, the organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ and evaporated todryness. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography withDCM/EtOAc and by preparative HPLC yielding 15 mg of compound No. 95 aswhite solid.

¹H NMR (501 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 1.05 (s, 3H) 1.18-1.30 (m, 1H)1.32-1.81 (m, 7H) 1.87-1.97 (m, 1H) 2.03-2.15 (m, 2H) 2.18-2.36 (m, 4H)2.53-2.68 (m, 1H) 2.77-2.91 (m, 2H) 3.43-3.53 (m, 2H) 3.59-3.72 (m, 6H)5.53 (br. s., 1H) 6.57 (d, J=2.44 Hz, 1H) 6.63 (dd, J=8.39, 2.59 Hz, 1H)7.11 (d, J=8.24 Hz, 1H)

¹³C NMR (126 MHz, CHLOROFORM-d): □ ppm 20.9 (q, J_(C,F)=2.60 Hz, 1 C)25.3 (t, 1 C) 26.2 (t, 1 C) 27.5 (t, 1 C) 29.5 (t, 1 C) 31.0 (t, 1 C)31.3 (t, 1 C) 33.1 (t, 1 C) 35.8 (d, 1 C) 37.7 (d, 1 C) 38.0 (t,J_(C,F)=4.15 Hz, 1 C) 42.1 (t, 1 C) 42.3 (s, J_(C,F)=2.98 Hz, 1 C) 44.3(d, 1 C) 46.1 (t, 1 C) 57.7 (d, 1 C) 66.7 (t, 1 C) 67.0 (t, 1 C) 99.2(s, J_((C,F))=17.26 Hz, 1 C) 112.7 (d, 1 C) 115.3 (d, 1 C) 126.0 (d, 1C) 132.5 (s, 1 C) 138.0 (s, 1 C) 148.3-153.0 (s, J_((C,F)),1 C) 153.8(s, 1 C) 171.7 (s, 1 C)

Example 964-(17-Difluoromethylene-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one

Example 96 can be prepared from the Intermediate No. 40 named3-Hydroxy-15α-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-oneof formula (VIα-3a)-40 according to the reaction depicted in SectionD-(I)-(a)/1.

Example 974-(17-Trifluoromethyl-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15α-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one

Example 97 can be prepared from the Intermediate No. 40 named3-Hydroxy-15α-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-oneof formula (VIα-3a)-40 according to the reaction depicted in SectionD-(I)-(d)/3.

Example 984-(17-Trifluoromethyl-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one

Example 98 can be prepared from Example 16 according to the lastreaction step depicted in Section D-(I)-(c)/3.

Example 994-(17-Difluoromethyl-2-ethyl-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-butyramide

Example 99 can be prepared starting from Example 9(4-(2-Ethyl-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-butyramide)as educt, according to the reaction depicted in Section D-(I)-(c)/2.

Example 1004-(17-Difluoromethyl-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15β-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one

Example 100 can be prepared starting from Example 95(4-(17-Difluoromethylene-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one)according to the reaction scheme depicted in Section D-(I)-(d)/2.

Further Compounds

A variety of compounds numbered 101 to 138 and falling under the scopeof general formula (I), in which X-A-Y represents —CO—NR⁴, R¹ represents—H, R¹⁴ represents —H, and the C17 keto function is replaced by adifluoro group, was prepared by parallel chemistry using a reactionaccording to general flow diagram Ib starting from the alreadyfluorinated intermediates IVα-3a-D1F2 and IVβ-2a-D1F2, respectively.

Synthesis Protocol: 0.07 mmol of the individual amine was weight outinto a reaction flask. A solution of 0.07 mmol of the respectivesteroidal building block (IVα-3a-D1F2 and IVβ-2a-D1F2), 0.077 mmol HOBT,0.231 mmol NMM and 0.154 mmol polymer bound EDCI in 5 ml DCM were added.The reaction mixture was stirred for 24 h at ambient temperature. Thesolvent was removed in a vacuum centrifuge at 40° C. Than 4 ml EtOAc and4 ml H₂O were added. The two phases were stirred vigorously for 2 min,than the organic phase was dried with Na₂SO₄ and evaporated in a vacuumcentrifuge at 40° C. After treatment of the crude product with 2 ml THF,10 mg LiOH and 0.5 ml water, the solvent was evaporated and the residuefurther extracted (EtOAc and 0.1 M KHSO₄). Then, 50 mg polymer boundtrisaminoeethlyamine was added yielding after filtration and evaporatingto dryness the desired product. If still necessary, products werefurther purified by flash chromatography (4 g silica gel, eluentEtOAc/cyclohexane). TABLE 18

R² R⁴ No. n C15 stereo

MW HPLC Rt [min] 101 3 alpha Cyclopropyl H 417 5.9 102 3 alphaCyclohexyl H 459 6.58 103 3 alpha Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5- H 511 6.3 ylmethyl104 3 alpha 2-Pyridin-2-yl-ethyl H 482 5.77 105 3 alphaPyridin-3-yl-methyl H 468 5.67 106 3 alpha Benzyl H 467 6.41 107 3 alpha2-Methoxy-ethyl H 435 5.76 108 3 alpha 2,4-Difluorobenzyl H 503 6.52 1093 alpha 3,4-dihydroxy-benzyl H 499 5.65 110 3 alpha 3,5-Dimethoxy-benzylH 527 6.37 111 3 alpha 2-(7-Methyl-1H-indol- H 534 6.53 3-yl)-ethyl 1123 alpha 1-Methyl-1H-imidazol- H 471 5.33 4-ylmethyl 113 3 alphaPiperidin-1-yl 445 6.65 114 3 alpha Methyl Benzyl 481 6.84 115 3 alphaEthyl Ethyl 433 6.54 116 3 alpha Methyl 2-(3,4- 555 6.52 Dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl 117 3 alpha 4-Isopropyl-piperazin-1-yl 488 5.38 118 3alpha Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl H 497 6.51 119 3 alpha 5-methyl-thiazol-2-ylH 474 6.51 120 2 beta Cyclopropyl H 403 5.76 121 2 beta Cyclohexyl H 4456.48 122 2 beta Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5- H 497 6.17 ylmethyl 123 2 beta2-Pyridin-2-yl-ethyl H 468 5.6 124 2 beta Pyridin-3-yl-methyl H 454 5.51125 2 beta Benzyl H 453 6.28 126 2 beta 2-Methoxy-ethyl H 421 5.6 127 2beta 3,4-dihydroxy-benzyl H 485 5.52 128 2 beta 3,5-Dimethoxy-benzyl H513 6.25 129 2 beta 2-(7-Methyl-1H-indol- H 520 6.37 3-yl)-ethyl 130 2beta 1-Methyl-1H-imidazol- H 457 5.17 4-ylmethyl 131 2 betaPiperidin-1-yl 431 6.47 132 2 beta Methyl Benzyl 467 6.72 133 2 betaEthyl Ethyl 419 6.42 134 2 beta Methyl 2-(3,4- 541 6.4 Dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl 135 2 beta 4-Isopropyl-piperazin-1-yl 474 5.18 136 2 betaBenzo[1,3]dioxol-5-yl H 483 6.37 137 2 beta 5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl H 4335.82 138 2 beta 2-methoxy-ethyl 2-methoxy- 479.6 ethyl

III. Compounds with a Heterocyclus Fused to the Steroidal D-Ring

EXAMPLES 151 to 165 were prepared from the corresponding intermediates(e.g. No. 1, 3A, 39, 1, 40 etc.) using the reaction scheme as depictedin SECTION D-(II). Alternatively, depending on the nature of the C15side chain, some of the reaction steps had to be carried out afterhaving introduced the heterocyclic ring system, i.e. the15,16-unsaturated intermediate (X) was derivatized to the appropriateacid or alkenyl intermediate (see e.g. SCHEMES 7B, 7C, 8A and 8B). Then,the heterocyclic ring system was introduced including the C16-C17 carbonatoms attached to the D-ring. The so-obtained intermediates were thenused for further modification and amidation of the C15 side chain(introduction of the R²/R⁴ substituents). Finally the protection groupin C3 position was cleaved off.

Examples 151 and 152N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-(17,16-c)-(1′-methyl)-pyrazolyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trieno-15β-yl)-butyramideN-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-(17,16-c)-(2′-methyl)-pyrazolyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trieno-15β-yl)-butyramide

Starting from intermediate compound Xc, an allyl side chain wasintroduced into C15 position using 1,4-addition of allylbromideaccording to step 1 of SCHEME 7C, followed by construction of thepyrazol-ring according to D-(II)-(a). Ringclosure with methyl hydrazinegave a mixture of the corresponding isomers. Conversion of the allylinto the N-Benzyl-butyramide side chain was performed according to steps2-4 of SCHEME 7C and to the reaction as depicted in general flow diagramIb by reaction with benzylamine. Finally the obtained isomers wereseparated by preparative HPLC.

Example 151

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 1.10-1.20 (s, 3H), 1.20-2.32 (m, 17H),2.68-2.88 (m, 3H), 3.72-3.80 (s, 3H), 4.24-4.40 (dd, 2H), 6.48-6.52 (s,1H), 6.52-6.60 (d, 1H), 6.96-7.08 (d, 1H), 7.08-7.28 (m, 6H).

Example 152

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 1.08-1.16 (s, 3H), 1.16-2.40 (m, 17H),2.68-2.88 (m, 3H), 3.72-3.84 (s, 3H), 4.24-4.44 (dd, 2H), 6.44-6.54 (s,1H), 6.54-6.60 (d, 1H), 7.00-7.12 (d, 1H), 7.12-7.32 (m, 6H).

Examples 153 and 1543-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-[16,17-c]-(1′-methyl)-pyrazole3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-[16,17-c]-(2′-methyl)-pyrazole

Examples 153 and 154 were prepared according to the procedure describedfor Examples 151 and 152 using morpholine as amine for the amidecoupling step.

Example 153

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 1.04-1.20 (s, 3H), 1.24-1.84 (m, 9H),2.00-2.52 (m, 8H), 2.88-2.96 (m, 3H), 3.40-3.70 (m, 8H), 3.70-3.92 (s,3H), 6.22-6.44 (m, 2H), 6.96-7.12 (d, 1H), 7.20-7.28 (s, 1H).

Example 154

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 1.16-1.22 (s, 3H), 1.22-1.88 (m, 9H),2.04-2.56 (m, 8H), 2.76-2.96 (m, 3H), 3.48-3.70 (m, 8H), 3.72-3.84 (s,3H), 6.48-6.60 (m, 2H), 7.00-7.12 (d, 1H), 7.16-7.24 (s, 1H).

Examples 155 and 156N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-(17,16-c)-(1′-methyl)-pyrazolyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trieno-15α-yl)-butyramideN-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-(17,16-c)-(2′-methyl)-pyrazolyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trieno-15α-yl)-butyramide

Starting from intermediate compound Xc, an allyl side chain wasintroduced into C15 position using 1,2-addition of allylbromide andsubsequent rearrangement with potassium hydride according to steps 1 and2 of SCHEME 8B, followed by construction of the pyrazol-ring accordingto D-(II)-(a). Ringclosure with methyl hydrazine gave a mixture of thecorresponding isomers. Conversion of the allyl into theN-Benzyl-butyramide side chain was performed according to steps 3-5 ofSCHEME 8B and to the reaction as depicted in general flow diagram Ib byreaction with benzylamine. Finally the obtained isomers were separatedby preparative HPLC.

Example 155

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 0.94-1.04 (s, 3H), 1.20-2.50 (m, 17H),2.60-2.88 (m, 3H), 3.72-3.84 (s, 3H), 4.28-440 (s, 2H), 6.40-6.50 (s,1H), 6.52-6.60 (d, 1H), 7.04-7.12 (d, 1H), 7.14-7.36 (m, 5H).

Example 156

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 0.96-1.08 (s, 3H), 1.24-2.48 (m, 17H),2.64-2.88 (m, 3H), 3.72-3.84 (s, 3H), 4.28-4.44 (s, 2H), 6.40-6.50 (s,1H), 6.50-6.60 (d, 1H), 7.00-7.12 (d, 1H), 7.12-7.36 (m, 5H).

Examples 157 and 1583-Hydroxy-15α-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-[16,17-c]-(1′-methyl)-pyrazole3-Hydroxy-15α-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-[16,17-c]-(2′-methyl)-pyrazole

Examples 157 and 158 were prepared according to the procedure describedfor Examples 155 and 156 using morpholine as amine for the amidecoupling step.

Example 157

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 0.96-1.08 (s, 3H), 1.12-2.36 (m, 17H),2.72-2.96 (m, 3H), 3.50-3.72 (m, 8H), 3.76-3.86 (s, 3H), 6.44-6.50(s,1H), 6.52-6.60 (d, 1H), 7.04-7.12 (d, 1H), 7.24-7.30 (s, 1H).

Example 158

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 0.92-1.08 (s, 3H), 1.24-2.56 (m, 17H),2.68-2.92 (m, 3H), 3.22-3.70 (m, 8H), 370-3.88 (s, 3H), 6.40-6.48 (s,1H), 6.48-6.60 (d, 1H), 7.00-7.10 (d, 1H), 7.12-7.22 (s, 1H).

Examples 159 and 1604-(3-Hydroxy-(17,16-c)-(1′-methyl)-pyrazolyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trieno-15α-yl)-N-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-butyramide4-(3-Hydroxy-(17,16-c)-(2′-methyl)-pyrazolyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trieno-15α-yl)-N-(5-methylthiazol-2-yl)-butyramide

Examples 159 and 160 were prepared according to the procedure describedfor Examples 155 and 156 using 2-amino-5-methylthiazole for the amidecoupling step.

Example 159

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 0.80-0.90 (s, 3H), 0.90-2.48 (m, 20H),2.56-2.80 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.68 (s, 3H), 6.36-6.42 (s, 1H), 6.44-6.52 (d,1H), 6.84-6.92 (s,1H), 6.96-7.04 (m, 2H).

Example 160

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ 0.84-0.96 (s, 3H), 0.96-2.48 (m, 20H),2.58-2.80 (m, 3H), 3.60-3.72 (s, 3H), 6.36-6.44 (s, 1H), 6.44-6.56 (d,1H), 6.84-6.92 (s, 1H), 6.96-7.04 (d, 1H), 7.04-7.08 (s, 1H).

Example 1613-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-[16,17-c]-isoxazole

Starting from intermediate compound Xc, an allyl side chain wasintroduced into C15 position using 1,4-addition of allylbromideaccording to step 1 of SCHEME 7C, followed by construction of theoxazole-ring according to D-(II)-(c) using hydroxylamine for theringclosure. Conversion of the allyl into the4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl side chain can be performed according tosteps 2-4 of SCHEME 7C and to the reaction as depicted in general flowdiagram Ib by amide coupling with morpholine.

Example 1623-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-[16,17-c]-pyrazole

Starting from intermediate compound Xc, an allyl side chain wasintroduced into C15 position using 1,4-addition of allylbromideaccording to step 1 of SCHEME 7C, followed by construction of thepyrazol-ring according to D-(II)-(a) using benzylhydrazine for theringclosure to give a protected pyrazol. Conversion of the allyl intothe 4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl side chain was performed according tosteps 2 (metathesis) and 3 (saponification) of SCHEME 7C, followed byamide coupling with morpholine according to general flow diagram Ib.Finally, reduction of the double bond and debenzylation gave the desiredendproduct No. 162.

¹H-NMR (300 MHz, CDCl₃): δ1.08-1.20 (s, 3H), 1.22-2.48 (m, 17H),2.72-3.00 (m, 3H), 3.40-3.76 (m, 8H), 6.52-6.56 (s, 1H), 6.56-6.60 (d,1H), 7.00-7.12 (d, 1H), 7.22-7.28 (s, 1H).

IV. Compounds Carrying a Sulphamate, Carbamate, Phosphonate,Thiophosphonate, Sulphonate, Phosphate or Sulphate Group in R1

Example 1633-Sulphamate-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one

Example 163 was prepared from the Intermediate No. 1 named3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-oneof formula (VIβ-3a)-1 using sulfamoyl chloride as sulfamoylating agent.

Example 1643-Sulphate-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one

Example 164 was prepared from the Intermediate No. 1 named3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-oneof formula (VIβ-3a)-1 using sulfur trioxide—triethylamine complex: Theestron derivative (VIβ-3a)-1 (0.25 mmol) and sulfurtrioxide—triethylamine complex (54.4 mg, 0.30 mmol, “Fluka”) werestirred in anhydrous DMF (1 ml) at RT overnight. Ca. 0.3 g silica gel(for column chromatography) was added, and the solvent was removed inhigh vacuum at 35° C. The remaining powder was loaded on the columnprepacked with ca. 6 g silica gel. Flash chromatography with affordedthe desired triethylammonium phenol sulfate.

Biological Testing Materials and Methods

Inhibition of the 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1 enzyme

17β-HSD1 purification: Recombinant baculovirus was generated by the “Bacto Bac Expression System” (Invitrogen). Recombinant bacmid wastransfected to Sf9 insect cells using “Cellfectin Reagent” (Invitrogen).60 h later cells were harvested; the microsomal fraction was isolated asdescribed by Puranen et al. (1994). Aliquots were stored frozen untildetermination of enzymatic activity.

Assay—Inhibition of recombinant human 17β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenasetype 1: Recombinant protein (0.1 g/ml) was incubated in 20 mM KH₂PO₄ pH7.4 with 30 nM 3H-estrone and 1 mM NADPH for 30 min at RT, in thepresence of potential inhibitors at concentrations of 1 μM or 0.1 μM.Inhibitor stock solutions were prepared in DMSO. Final concentration ofDMSO was adjusted to 1% in all samples. The enzyme reaction was stoppedby addition of 10% trichloroacetic acid (final concentration). Sampleswere centrifuged in a microtiter plate at 4000 rpm for 10 min.Supernatants were applied to reverse phase HPLC on a Waters Symmetry C18column, equipped with a Waters Sentry Guard column. Isocratic HPLC runswere performed at RT at a flow rate of 1 ml/min of acetonitrile:water48:52 as running solvent. Radioactivity was monitored in the eluate by aPackard Flow Scintillation Analyzer. Total radioactivity for estrone andestradiol were determined in each sample and percent conversion ofestrone to estradiol was calculated according to the following formula:$\underset{\_}{\%\quad{conversion}} = {100 \times {\frac{\begin{matrix}\begin{matrix}\left\{ {\left( {{cpm}\quad{estradiol}\quad{in}\quad{sample}\quad{with}\quad{inhibitor}} \right)/} \right. \\\left\lbrack {\left( {{cpm}\quad{estrone}\quad{in}\quad{sample}\quad{with}\quad{inhibitor}} \right) +} \right.\end{matrix} \\\left. \left. \left( {{cpm}\quad{estradiol}\quad{in}\quad{sample}\quad{with}\quad{inhibitor}} \right) \right\rbrack \right\}\end{matrix}}{\begin{matrix}\begin{matrix}\left\{ {\left( {{cpm}\quad{estradiol}\quad{in}\quad{sample}\quad{without}\quad{inhibitor}} \right)/} \right. \\\left\lbrack {\left( {{cpm}\quad{estrone}\quad{in}\quad{sample}\quad{without}\quad{inhibitor}} \right) +} \right.\end{matrix} \\\left. \left. \left( {{cpm}\quad{estradiol}\quad{in}\quad{sample}\quad{without}\quad{inhibitor}} \right) \right\rbrack \right\}\end{matrix}}.}}$

Percent inhibition was calculated as follows: % inhibition=100−%conversion]

The values “% inhibition” were determined for exemplified compounds, andthe results are summarized in Table 19. TABLE 19 Inhibition of 17β-HSDenzyme type I Inhibition Com- of rec. pound 17β-HSD-1 No. CompoundStructure 100 nM 1 μm 2

54.8 74.8 3

19.6 71.2 6

37.9 79.3 30

39.8 73.6 32

50.0 79.0 34

68.8 71.9 36

56.9 78.1 37

64.0 74.7 38

51.0 76.7 40

72.0 75.8 41

25.9 70.4 42

53.3 71.7 44

55.5 75.0 45

54.0 75.7 52

50.0 72.2 55

42.6 71.9 59

56.1 69.7 67

42.5 73.2 71

45.8 70.6 78

40.6 72.0 83

53.9 71.6 90

63.5 81.6 91

32.0 85.0 93

59.5 86.7 102

41.6 70.6 106

36.7 68.0 109

35.1 70.7 111

50.6 68.3 113

47.2 76.9 116

49.3 82.4 120

37.3 85.0 121

63.6 92.5 122

34.0 77.9 125

29.2 76.9 127

21.1 81.3 128

21.2 71.7 129

33.1 76.9 131

19.8 71.9 133

71.4 90.6 134

50.5 88.6 161

21.0 74.0 162

63.0 93.0 163

10.0 43.0 164

 3.0 27.0

2. Estrogen Receptor Binding Assay

The binding affinity of the compounds of the invention to the estrogenreceptor α and to the estrogen receptor β may be determined according tothe in vitro ER binding assays described by Koffman et al (1991).Alternatively, an estrogen receptor binding assay may be performedaccording to international patent application WO 00/07996.

3. Estrogen Receptor Transactivation Assays

Compounds of the invention showing binding affinity towards the estrogenreceptor may be further tested with regard to their individualestrogenic or anti-estrogenic potential (agonistic binding orantagonistic binding to the ERα or ERβ). The determination of theestrogen receptor agonist activity may be performed according to an invitro assay system using the MMTV-ERE-LUC reporter system which is forexample described within published US patent application US2003/0170292:

To assay estrogen receptor agonist activity, Hela cells are grown in24-well microtiter plates and then transiently co-transfected with twoplasmids using lipofectamine. The first plasmid comprises DNA encodinghuman estrogen receptor (either ER-alpha or ER-beta), and the secondplasmid comprises an estrogen-driven reporter system comprising: aluciferase reporter gene (LUC) whose transcription is under the controlof upstream regulatory elements comprising 4 copies of the vitellogeninestrogen response element (ERE) cloned into the mouse mammary tumorvirus (MMTV) promoter (the full name for the reporter system being“MMTV-ERE-LUC”). Cells are exposed to the compounds of the invention inRPMI 1640 medium, supplemented with 10% charcoal-treated fetal calfserum, 2 mM L-glutamine, 0.1 mM non-essential amino acids and 1 mMsodium pyruvate for 42-48 h at 37° C. in a 5% carbon dioxide incubator.Concurrently, cells exposed to estradiol (1 nM) serve as positivecontrols. Replicate wells exposed to the solvent in which the compoundsof the invention are dissolved (i.e. ethanol or methanol) are used asnegative controls. After the 42-48 h incubation period, cells are rinsedwith phosphate buffered saline (PBS), lysis buffer (Promega Corp) isadded, and cell lysates are collected for measurement of luciferaseactivity with a luminometer. Estrogenic activity of the compounds of theinvention is expressed as fold-increase in luciferase activity ascompared to that observed in negative control cells.

Alternatively, the determination of the estrogen receptortransactivation activity (estrogenicity assay or agonist assay) and ofthe inhibitory potency of transactivation activity (anti-estrogenicityassay or antagonist assay) may be performed according to internationalpatent application WO 00/07996.

4. STS Assay—Inhibition of Steroid Sulphatase Activity in MCF-7 Cells

Steroid sulphate activity is measured in vitro using intact MCF-7 humanbreast cancer cells. This hormone dependent cell line is widely used tostudy the control of human breast cancer cell growth. It possessessignificant steroid sulphate activity and is available in the U.S.A.form the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) and in the U.K. (e.g.from The Imperial Cancer Research Fund).

Cells are maintained in Minimal Essential Medium (MEM) (FlowLaboratories, Irvine, Scotland) containing 20 mM HEPES, 5% foetal bovineserum, 2 mM glutamin, non-essential amino acids and 0.075% sodiumbicarbonate. Up to 30 replicate 25 cm² tissue culture flasks are seededwith approximately 1×10⁵ cells/flask using the above medium. Cells aregrown to 80% confluency and the medium is changed every third day.

Intact monolayers of MCF-7 cells in triplicate 25 cm² tissue cultureflasks are washed with Earle's Balanced Salt Solution (EBSS from ICNFlow, High Wycombe, U.K.) and incubated for 3-4 h at 37° C. with 5 pmol(7×10⁵ dpm) [6,7-³H] oestrone-3-sulphate (specific activity 60 Ci/mmolfrom New England Nuclear, Boston, Mass., U.S.A.) in serum-free MEM (2.5ml) together with oestrone-3-sulphamate (11 concentrations: 0; 1 fM;0.01 pM; 0.1 pM; 1 pM; 0.0 nM; 0.1 nM; 1 nM; 0.01 mM; 0.1 mM; 1 mM).After incubation each flask is cooled and the medium (1 ml) is pipetteinto separate tubes containing [¹⁴C] oestrone (7×10³ dpm) (specificactivity 97 Ci/mmol from Amersham International Radiochemical Centre,Amersham, U.K.). The mixture is shaken thoroughly for 30 seconds withtoluene (5 ml). Experiments have shown that >90% [¹⁴C] oestrone and<0.1% [³H] oestrone-3-sulphate is removed from the aqueous phase by thistreatment. A portion (2 ml) of the organic phase is removed, evaporatedand the ³H and ¹⁴C content of the residue determined by scintillationspectrometry. The mass of oestrone-3-sulphate hydrolyse was calculatedfrom the ³H counts obtained (corrected for the volumes of the medium andorganic phase used, and for recovery of [¹⁴C] oestrone added) and thespecific activity of the substrate. Each batch of experiments includesincubations of microsomes prepared from a sulphatase-positive humanplacenta (positive control) and flasks without cells (to assess apparentnon-enzymatic hydrolysis of the substrate). The number of cell nucleiper flask is determined using a Coulter Counter after treating the cellmonolayers with Zaponin. One flask in each batch is used to assess cellmembrane status and viability using the Trypan Blue exclusion method.

Results for steroid sulphate activity are expressed as the mean±1 S.D.of the total product (oestrone+oestradiol) formed during the incubationperiod (20 h) calculated for 106 cells and, for values showingstatistical significance, as a percentage reduction (inhibition) overincubations containing no oestrone-3-sulphamate. Unpaired Student'st-test was used to test the statistical significance of resutts.

5. CHO/STS Assay

CHO cells stably transfected with human steroid sulfatase (CHO/STS) areseeded into microtiter plates. After reaching approximately 90%confluency, they are incubated overnight with graded concentrations oftest substances (e.g. compounds of the present invention or compoundsfor use in the present invention). They are then fixed with 4%paraformaldehyde for 10 min at RT and washed 4 times with PBS, beforeincubation with 100 μl/well 0.5 mM 4-methylumbelliferyl sulfate (MUS),dissolved in 0.1 M Tris-HCl, pH 7.5. The enzyme reaction is carried outat 37° C. for 30 min. Then 50 μl/well stop solution (1M Tris-HCl, pH10.4) are added. The enzyme reaction solutions are transferred to whiteplates (Microfluor, Dynex, Chantilly, Va.) and read in a Fluoroskan IIor Tecan fluorescence microtiter plate reader. Reagent blanks aresubtracted from all values. Optionally, for drug testing, thefluorescence units (FU) are divided by the optical density readingsafter staining cellular protein with sulforhodamine B (OD₅₅₀), in orderto correct for variations in cell number. IC_(5O) values are determinedby linear interpolation between two bracketing points. In each assaywith inhibitors, estrone 3-O-sulfamate is run as a reference compound,and the IC50 values are normalized to estrone 3-O-sulfamate (relativeIC₅O=IC_(5O) compound/IC_(5O) estrone 3-O-sulfamate).

6. STS Inhibition in Placenta Microsomes

Sulphatase-positive human placenta from normal term pregnancies arethoroughly minced with scissors and washed once with cold phosphatebuffer (pH 7.4, 50 mM) then re-suspended in cold phosphate buffer (5ml/g tissue). Homogenisation is accomplished with an Ultra-Turraxhomogeniser, using three 10 second bursts separated by 2 min coolingperiods in ice. Nuclei and cell debris are removed by centrifuging (4°C.) at 2000 g for 30 min and portions (2 ml) of the supernatant arestored at 20° C. The protein concentration of the supernatants isdetermined by the method of Bradford [Anal. Biochem. 72:248-254 (1976)].

Incubations (1 ml) are carried out using a protein concentration of 100mg/ml, substrate concentration of 20 mM [6,7-³H] oestrone-3-sulphate(specific activity 60 Ci/mmol from New England Nuclear, Boston, Mass.,U.S.A.) and an incubation time of 20 min at 37° C. If necessary eightconcentrations of compounds are employed: 0 (i.e. control); 0.05 mM; 0.1mM; 0.2 mM; 0.4 mM; 0.6 mM; 0.8 mM; and 1.0 mM. After incubation eachsample is cooled and the medium (1 ml) was pipetted into separate tubescontaining [¹⁴C] oestrone (7×10³ dpm) (specific activity 97 Ci/mmol fromAmersham International Radiochemical Centre, Amersham, U.K.). Themixture is shaken thoroughly for 30 seconds with toluene (5 ml).Experiments have shown that >90% [¹⁴C] oestrone and <0.1% [3H]oestrone-3-sulphate is removed from the aqueous phase by this treatment.

A portion (2 ml) of the organic phase was removed, evaporated and the ³Hand ¹⁴C content of the residue determined by scintillation spectrometry.The mass of estrone-3-sulphate hydrolyse is calculated from the ³Hcounts obtained (corrected for the volumes of the medium and organicphase used, and for recovery of [¹⁴C] oestrone added) and the specificactivity of the substrate.

7. Animal Assay Model for Determining STS Activity

The inhibition of STS activity in vivo may be determined by using thecompounds of the present invention in an animal model, in particular inovariectomised rats. In this model compounds which are estrogenicstimulate uterine growth. The compound (10 mg/Kg/day for five days) wasadministered orally to rats with another group of animals receivingvehicle only (propylene glycol). A further group received the compoundEMATE subcutaneously in an amount of 10 μg/day for five days. At the endof the study samples of liver tissue were obtained and oestrone sulphateactivity assayed using 3H oestrone sulphate as the substrate aspreviously described (see international application WO 96/15257).

The foregoing description and examples have been set forth merely toillustrate the invention and are not intended to be limiting. Sincemodifications of the described embodiments incorporating the spirit andsubstance of the invention may occur to person skilled in the art, theinvention should be construed broadly to include all variations withinthe scope of the appended claims and equivalents thereof.

CITED LITERATURE

-   Akanni & Marples (1993) “Preparation of 16-formylestradiol and the    16-(alpha-methylenebutanolide) derivative” Steroids 58(5):234-8.-   Cushman et al (1995) “Synthesis, antitubulin and antimitotic    activity, and cytotoxicity of analogs of 2-methoxyestradiol, an    endogenous mammalian metabolite of estradiol that inhibits tubulin    polymerization by binding to the colchicine binding site.” J Med.    Chem. 38(12):2041-9.-   Cushman et al (2002) “The effect of exchanging various substituents    at the 2-position of 2-methoxyestradiol on cytotoxicity in human    cancer cell cultures and inhibition of tubulin polymerization.” J    Med. Chem. 45(21):4748-54.-   Day et al (2003) “The effects of 2-substituted oestrogen sulphamates    on the growth of prostate and ovarian cancer cells.” J Steroid    Biochem Mol. Biol. 2003 84(2-3):317-25.-   Edwards et al. (1990) “Difluoromethyldiphenylphosphine oxide. A new    reagent for conversion of carbonyl compounds to    1,1-difluoroolefins.” Tetrahedron Lett 31(39):5571-5574-   EP0367576—Estrogen nucleus derivatives for use in the inhibition of    sex steroid activity-   Gonzalez et al (1982) “Synthesis and pharmacological evaluation of    8α-estradiol derivatives” Steroids 40(2):171-188-   Koffman et al (1991) “Evidence for involvement of tyrosine in    estradiol binding by rat uterus estrogen receptor.” J. Steroid.    Biochem. Mol. Biol. 38(2): 135-   Labaree et al (2003) “Synthesis and Evaluation of B-, C- and D-ring    substituted estradiol carboxylic acid esters as locally active    estrogens” J. Med. Chem. 46:1886-1904-   Labrie et al (1997) “The key role of 17 beta-hydroxysteroid    dehydrogenases in sex steroid biology.” Steroids, 62:148-58-   Lawrence et al (2005) “Novel and potent 17beta-hydroxysteroid    dehydrogenase type 1 inhibitors.” J Med. Chem. 48(8):2759-62.-   Ley et al (1994) “Tetrapropylammonium perruthenate, Pr4N+RuO4—,    TPAP: a catalytic oxidant for organic synthesis” Synthesis.    07:639-666-   Liu et al (1992) “Synthesis of high affinity fluorine-substituted    ligands for the androgen receptor. Potential agents for imaging    prostatic cancer by positron emission tomography.” J Med. Chem.    35(11):2113-29-   Lunn & Farkas (1968) “The adamantyl carbonium ion as a    dehydrogenating agent, its reactions with estrone” Tetrahedron    24(23):6773-6776.-   Mindnich et al (2004) “The role of 17 beta-hydroxysteroid    dehydrogenases” Mol Cell Endocrinol. 218(1-2):7-20. Review-   Mohanakrishnan & Cushman (1999) “Pd(0)-Mediated Cross Coupling of    2-Iodoestradiol with Organozinc Bromides: A General Route to the    Synthesis of 2-Alkynyl, 2-Alkenyl and 2-Alkylestradiol Analogs”    Synlett 1999(07):1097-1099-   Nambara et al. (1976) “Synthesis of Estetrol Monoglucuronides”    Steroids 27:111-122-   Nussbaumer & Billich (2003) “Steroid sulfatase inhibitors.” Expert    Opin. Ther. Patents 13(5):605-625-   Nussbaumer & Billich (2004) “Steroid sulfatase inhibitors.” Med Res    Rev. 24(4):529-76-   Oda et al (1989) “The hydrogenation of alpha-hydroxymethylene-ketone    derivatives to alpha-hydroxymethyl-ketone derivatives with a    cell-free system of Streptomyces cinereocrocatus” Chem Pharm Bull    (Tokyo) 37(2):502-5.-   Page et al (1990) “Efficient regioselective a-ring functionalization    of oestrogens” Tetrahedron 46(6):2059-2068-   Pelletier & Poirier (1996) “Synthesis and evaluation of estradiol    derivatives with 16α-(bromoalkylamide), 16α-(bromoalkyl) or    16α-(bromoalkynyl) side chain as inhibitors of 17β-hydroxysteroid    dehydrogenase type 1 without estrogenic activity” Bioorg Med Chem,    4(10):1617-1628.-   Poirier (2003) “Inhibitors of 17 beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenases”    Curr Med Chem. 10:453-77-   Poirier et al. (1991) “Synthesis of 17β-estradiol derivatives with    N-Butyl, N-methyl alkylamide side chain at position 15.”    Tetrahedron, 47(37):7751-7766-   Poirier et al. (1996) “D-Ring alkylamine derivatives of estradiol:    effect on ER-binding affinity and antiestrogenic activity” Bioorg    Med Chem Lett 6(21):2537-2542.-   Poirier et al (1998) “A 6β-(Thiaheptanamide) Derivative of Estradiol    as inhibitor of 17β-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Type 1”, J. Steroid    Biochem. Molec. Biol., 64:83-90-   Puranen et al (1994) “Site-directed mutagenesis of the putative    active site of human 17 beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type 1”    Biochem. J. 304:289-93.-   Rao & Cessac (2002) “A new, practical synthesis of    2-methoxyestradiols.” Steroids. 67(13-14):1065-70.-   Reed et al (2005) “Steroid sulfatase: molecular biology, regulation,    and inhibition.” Endocr Rev. 26(2):171-202.-   Sam et al. (1998) “C16 and C17 Derivatives of Estradiol as    Inhibitors of 17β-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Type 1: Chemical    Synthesis and Structure-Activity Relationships”, Drug Design and    Discovery, 15:157-180-   Schneider et al (1983) “A convenient method for the formation of    16-methylene-17-keto steroids” Synthesis, 8:665-9.-   Schwarz et al (2001) “Studies on modified estrogens: Towards the    synthesis of novel 14,15-cyclopropa[a]estra-1,3,5(10),8-tetraenes”    Pharmazie 56(11):843-849-   Tamaya et al. (1985) “Comparison of cellular levels of steroid    receptors in uterine leiomyoma and myometrium.” Acta Obstet Gynecol    Scand., 64:307-9-   Tremblay & Poirier (1998) “Overview of a Rational Approach to Design    Type I 17β-Hydroxysteroid Dehydrogenase Inhibitors Without    Estrogenic Activity: Chemical Synthesis and Biological    Evaluation”, J. Steroid Biochem. Molec. Biol., 66:179-191-   US 2003/0170292-   U.S. Pat. No. 3,275,623-   U.S. Pat. No. 3,347,878-   U.S. Pat. No. 3,413,321-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,043,236-   Verdier-Pinard et al (2000) “A steroid derivative with    paclitaxel-like effects on tubulin polymerization.” Mol Pharmacol.    57(3):568-75.-   Wang & Ruan (1994) “Trifluoromethylation of steroidal ketones” J.    Fluorine Chem. 69(1):1-3-   WO 93/05063-   WO 96/15257-   WO 96/28462-   WO 00/07996-   WO 02/32409-   WO 03/017973-   WO 2004/080271-   WO 2004/085345-   WO 2004/085457-   WO 2004/085459-   WO 2005/047303-   WO 2006/003012 (also published as US2006052461)-   WO 2006/003013 (also published as US2006009434)-   WO 2006/027347-   Wölfling et al (2003) “Synthesis and receptor-binding examinations    of the normal and 13-epi-D-homoestrones and their 3-methyl ethers”    Steroids 68:277-288-   Xenos & Catsoulacos (1985) “Synthesis of 16,17-pyrazolo-fused    derivatives of A-homo-steroidal ring A lactams” Synthesis 3:307-9-   Yoshikawa et al. (2002) “Diastereo- and Enantioselective Direct    Catalytic Aldol Reaction of 2-Hydroxyacetophenones with Aldehydes    Promoted by a Heteropolymetallic Complex: Catalytic Asymmetric    Synthesis of anti-1,2-Diols” J. Org. Chem. 67(8); 2556-2565.

1. A compound corresponding to formula I,

wherein —X-A-Y— together represent a group selected from (a) —CO—NR⁴—,(b) —CO—O—, (c) —CO—, (d) —CO—NH—NR⁴—, (e) —NH—CO—NH—, (f) —NH—CO—O—,(g) —NH—CO—, (h) —NH—CO—NH—SO₂—, (i) —NH—SO₂—NH—, (j) —NH—SO₂—O—, (k)—NH—SO₂—, (l) —O—CO—NH—, (m) —O—CO—, (n) —O—CO—NH—SO₂—NR⁴—, and (o)—O—;n represents 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, or, if —X-A-Y— represents —CO—NR⁴—,—CO—O—, —CO—, or —CO—NH—NR⁴—, then n may also represent 0; R¹ isselected from: (a) —H, (b) —(C₁-C₆)alkyl, which is optionallysubstituted with at least one of halogen, nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, or —COOR⁶;the number of the substituents being 1, 2 or 3 for halogen, and 1 or 2for any combination of the halogen, nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, or —COOR⁶moieties, (c) -phenyl, which is optionally substituted with at least oneof halogen, nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —R⁶, or —COOR⁶, the number of thesubstituents being up to perhalo for halogen, and 1 or 2 for anycombination of the halogen, nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —R⁶ or —COOR⁶ moieties,(d) —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, wherein the alkyl portion is optionallysubstituted with up to three halogens; and the phenyl portion isoptionally substituted with at least one of halogen, nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶,—R⁶ or —COOR⁶, the number of substituents on the phenyl portion being upto perhalo for halogen, and 1 or 2 for any combination of the halogen,nitril, —OR⁶, —SR⁶, —R⁶ or —COOR⁶ moieties, (e) —SO₂—NR³R³′, (f)—CO—NR³R³′, (g) —PO(OR¹⁶)—R³, (h) —PS(OR¹⁶)—R³, (i) —PO(OR¹⁶)—O—R³, (j)—SO₂—R³, and (k) —SO₂—O—R³; wherein R⁶ represents H, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl orhalogenated —(C₁-C₄)alkyl; R³ and R³′ are independently selected from H,alkyl, aryl and arylalkyl, or R³ and R³′ form, together with thenitrogen atom to which R³ and R³′ are attached, a heterocyclic 4-, 5-,6-, 7- or 8-memberred ring, which is optionally saturated, partlyunsaturated, or aromatic; which optionally contains up to threeadditional heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the number ofadditional N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atomseach being 0, 1 or 2; and R¹⁶ represents —H, alkyl, or arylalkyl; R² andR⁴ are independently selected from: (a) —H, (b) optionally substitutedalkyl, (c) optionally substituted acyl, provided that —X-A-Y— represent—CO—NH—NR⁴—, (d) optionally substituted aryl, (e) optionally substitutedheteroaryl, and (f) optionally substituted cycloheteroalkyl, or R² andR⁴ form, together with the nitrogen atom to which R² and R⁴ areattached, a heterocyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered ring, which isoptionally saturated, partly unsaturated, or aromatic; which optionallycontains up to three additional heteroatoms selected from N, O and S,the number of additional N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of Oand S atoms each being 0, 1 or 2; and which ring is optionally part of amultiple condensed ring-system, wherein the ring or the ring-system isoptionally substituted; the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ togetherwith the carbon atoms to which they are attached, form a structure

which is selected from the group of

or, the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbonatoms to which they are attached, form a heterocyclic 5- or 6-memberedring, which is partly unsaturated or aromatic, which contains one, twoor three heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S, the numberof N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atoms each being0, 1 or 2, wherein one heteroatom is directly attached to the C17 C-atomof the steroidal core; and which ring is optionally substituted with analkyl group; R¹⁴ represents an alkyl, alkoxy, or alkoxy-alkyl group, orR¹⁴ may also represent —H, provided that (i) R¹ represents —SO₂—NR³R³′,—CO—NR³R³′, —PO(OR¹⁶)—R³, —PS(OR¹⁶)—R³, —PO(OR¹⁶)—OR³, —SO₂—R³, or—SO₂—OR³; or (ii)

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 2. A compound accordingto claim 1, wherein R² and R⁴ are independently selected from: (a) —H,wherein, if —X-A-Y— together represents —CO—O— or —CO—, then R² isdifferent from —H, (b) —(C₁-C₁₂)alkyl, optionally substituted with up tofive substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, thiol, nitrile, alkoxy, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, amino,amido, alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, acyl,carboxyl, acylamino, aryl, which aryl is optionally substituted with upto three substituents independently selected from the group consistingof halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated(C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol,nitrile, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, carboxyl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,(C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio, amino, amido, acyl, acylaminoand heteroaryl; or which aryl is optionally substituted by two groupswhich are attached to adjacent carbon atoms and are combined into asaturated or partly unsaturated cyclic 5, 6, 7, or 8-membered ringsystem, optionally containing up to three heteroatoms selected from N, Oand S, the number of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O andS atoms each being 0, 1 or 2; heteroaryl, which heteroaryl is optionallysubstituted with up to three substituents independently selected fromthe group consisting of halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol, nitrile, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, carboxyl,aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio, amino,amido, acyl, acylamino, aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl and aryl; wherein each arylgroup is optionally substituted with up to three substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl and halogenated(C₁-C₆)alkoxy; and cycloheteroalkyl, which cycloheteroalkyl group isoptionally substituted with up to three substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of oxo, (C₁-C₈)-alkyl, aryl,aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl,thiol, nitrile, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, carboxyl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,(C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio, amino, amido, acyl, andacylamino, wherein each aryl group is optionally substituted with up tothree substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, and halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy); (c) acyl —(C═O)—R′,wherein R′ represents hydrogen, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, aryl, oraryl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or heteroaryl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl; which aryl oraryl-(C₁-C₄)alkyl is optionally substituted in the aryl moiety with upto three substituents independently selected from the group consistingof hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl or halogenated(C₁-C₄)alkyl; (d) aryl which aryl is optionally substituted with up tothree substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhalogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated(C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol,nitrile, nitro, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, carboxyl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy,(C₁-C₆)alkylsulfonyl, arylsulfonyl, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio,arylalkylthio, amino, amido, acyl, acylamino and heteroaryl; or whicharyl is optionally substituted by two groups which are attached toadjacent carbon atoms and are combined into a saturated or partlyunsaturated cyclic 5, 6, 7, or 8-membered ring system, optionallycontaining up to three heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the numberof N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atoms each being0, 1 or 2; (e) heteroaryl, which heteroaryl is optionally substitutedwith up to three substituents independently selected from the groupconsisting of halogen, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol, nitrile, sulfamoyl, sulfonamide,arylsulfoxy, carboxyl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, (C₁-C₆)alkylsulfonyl,arylsulfonyl, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio, amino, amido,acyl, acylamino, aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl and aryl, wherein each aryl group isoptionally substituted with up to three substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkyl and halogenated (C₁-C₆)alkoxy; or(f) cycloheteroalkyl, which cycloheteroalkyl is optionally substitutedwith up to three substituents independently selected from the groupconsisting of oxo, (C₁-C₁₄)-alkyl, aryl, aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, hydroxyl,(C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, thiol, nitrile, sulfamoyl,sulfonamide, carboxyl, aryloxy, arylalkyloxy, (C₁-C₆)alkylthio,arylthio, arylalkylthio, amino, amido, acyl, and acylamino, wherein eacharyl group is optionally further substituted with up to threesubstituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, and halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy; or wherein R² and R⁴ formtogether with the nitrogen atom, to which R² and R⁴ are attached, aheterocyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered ring, which is optionallysaturated or partly unsaturated; which optionally contains up to threeadditional heteroatoms selected from N, O and S, the number ofadditional N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atomseach being 0, 1 or 2; and which ring is optionally part of a multiplecondensed ring-system, wherein the ring or the ring-system is optionallysubstituted (i) with up to three substituents independently selectedfrom the group consisting of (C₁-C₈)-alkyl, halogen, hydroxyl, carboxyl,thiol, nitrile, (C₁-C₆)-alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryloxy,arylalkyloxy, amino, amido, alkylthio, arylthio, arylalkylthio,sulfamoyl, sulfonamide, aryl, aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, heteroaryl, andcycloheteroalkyl, wherein the (C₁-C₈)-alkyl group is optionallysubstituted with up to three substituents independently selected amonghydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, or halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy,wherein the alkyl-chain of the (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy moiety is optionallysubstituted with hydroxyl; wherein the aryl group or aryl moiety isoptionally substituted with up to three substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl,(C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxyand carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, or wherein the aryl moiety is optionallysubstituted by two groups which are attached to adjacent carbon atomsand are combined into a saturated or partly unsaturated cyclic 5, 6, 7,or 8 membered ring system, optionally containing up to three heteroatomsselected from N, O and S, the number of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 andthe number of O and S atoms each being 0, 1 or 2; wherein the heteroarylgroup is optionally substituted with up to three substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy, halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, halogenated(C₁-C₄)-alkoxy) and carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl; wherein the cycloheteroalkylis optionally substituted with up to three substituents independentlyselected from the group consisting of oxo, (C₁-C₈)-alkyl, aryl,aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, hydroxyl, (C₁-C₆)alkoxy, carboxyl-(C₁-C₆)alkyl, andcarboxyl, wherein each aryl group is optionally further substituted withup to three substituents independently selected from the groupconsisting of hydroxyl, halogen, (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy,halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkyl, and halogenated (C₁-C₄)-alkoxy); or (ii) bytwo groups which are attached to the same carbon atom and are combinedinto a saturated or partly unsaturated cyclic 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8-memberedring system, optionally containing up to three heteroatoms selected fromN, O and S, the number of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of Oand S atoms each being 0, 1 or 2, wherein the cyclic ring system isoptionally substituted by up to two substituents independently selectedfrom oxo, (C₁-C₆)-alkyl, aryl and aryl-(C₁-C₄)-alkyl; and wherein nrepresents (a) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 or 6, provided —X-A-Y— together represent—NH—CO—NR⁴—, —NH—CO—O—, —NH—CO—, —NH—CO—NH—SO₂—, —NH—SO₂NR⁴—,—NH—SO₂—O—, —NH—SO₂—, —O—CO—NR⁴—, —O—CO—, —O—CO—NH—SO₂NR⁴—, or —O—, or(b) 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5, provided —X-A-Y— together represent —CO—NR⁴—,—CO—O—, —CO—, or —CO—NH—NR⁴—.
 3. A compound according to claim 1, whichis an optically pure enantiomer corresponding to formula (II)

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 4. A compound accordingto claim 1, which is an optically pure enantiomer corresponding toformula (III)

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 5. A compound accordingto claim 1, wherein R¹ is selected from: (a) —SO₂NR³R³′, (b) —CO—NR³R³′,(c) —PO(OR¹⁶)—R³, (d) —PS(OR¹⁶)—R³, (e) —PO(OR¹⁶)—O—R³, (f) —SO₂—R³, and(g) —SO₂—O—R³; wherein R³ and R³′ are independently selected from —H,—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, phenyl and —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, or R³ and R³′ togetherwith the nitrogen atom, to which R³ and R³′ are attached, form aheterocyclic 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-membered ring, which is selected fromthe group consisting of

R¹⁶ represents —H, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, R¹⁰ and R¹¹both represent —H and R¹² and R¹³ together represent ═O; and R¹⁴represents —H, —(C₁-C₈)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, or—(C₁-C₈)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl.
 6. A compound according to claim 5,wherein R¹ represents —SO₂—NR³R³′, wherein R³ and R³′ together with thenitrogen atom to which R³ and R³′ are attached, form a heterocyclicring, which is selected from the group consisting of morpholine,thiomorpholine and piperazyl, or wherein R¹ represents —SO₂—NH₂, and R¹⁴represents —H.
 7. A compound according to claim 1, wherein R¹ represents—H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl; and R¹⁰ and R¹¹ bothrepresent —H and R¹² and R¹³ together represent ═O; and R¹⁴ represents—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₈)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl.
 8. Acompound according to claim 7, wherein R¹⁴ represents —(C₁-C₄)alkyl,—O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl.
 9. A compoundaccording to claim 8, wherein R¹ represents —H, and R¹⁴ representsethyl, propyl, methoxyethyl, methoxy, ethoxy or methoxyethoxy.
 10. Acompound according to claim 1, wherein R¹ represents —H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl,or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl; the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ togetherwith the carbon atoms, to which they are attached, form a structure

which is selected from the group of

and R¹⁴ represents —H, —(C₁-C₈)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, or—(C₁-C₈)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl.
 11. A compound according to claim 10,wherein the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbonatoms, to which they are attached, form a structure

which is selected from the group of


12. A compound according to claim 11, wherein R¹ and R¹⁴ eachindividually represent —H.
 13. A compound according to claim 1, whereinR¹ represents —H, (C₁-C₄)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl; thesubstituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbon atoms, towhich R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ are attached, form a heterocyclic 5- or6-membered ring, which is partly unsaturated or aromatic, which containsone, two or three heteroatoms independently selected from N, O and S,the number of N atoms being 0, 1, 2 or 3 and the number of O and S atomseach being 0, 1 or 2, wherein one heteroatom is directly attached to theC17 C-atom of the steroidal core; and which ring is optionallysubstituted with an alkyl group; and R¹⁴ represents —H, —(C₁-C₈)alkyl,—O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl, or —(C₁-C₈)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₈)alkyl.
 14. A compoundaccording to claim 13, wherein the substituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³together with the carbon atoms, to which R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ areattached, form a heterocyclic 5- or 6-membered ring to provide acompound corresponding to one of the following formulas

wherein R¹⁵ represents —H or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl.
 15. A compound according toclaim 14, wherein R¹ and R¹⁴ each individually represent —H.
 16. Acompound according to claim 1, wherein R¹ represents —H or —SO₂—NH₂, thesubstituents R¹⁰, R¹¹, R¹² and R¹³ together with the carbon atoms towhich they are attached, form a structure

which is selected from the group of

and R¹⁴ represents —H, —(C₁-C₄)alkyl, —O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl, or—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl.
 17. A compound according to claim 1,wherein —X-A-Y— together represent a group selected from —CO—NR⁴—,—CO—O—, —CO—, and —CO—NH—NR⁴—; and n represents 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or
 5. 18.A compound according to claim 17, wherein —X-A-Y— together represent—CO—NR⁴—.
 19. A compound according to claim 18, wherein n represents 2,3 or
 4. 20. A compound according to claim 18, wherein R² represents (i)—(C₁-C₄)alkyl, which is optionally substituted with one or twosubstituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhydroxyl, halogen, and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy; (ii) —(C₃-C₈)cycloalkyl; (iii)aryl or —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-aryl, wherein the aryl is phenyl or naphthyl,which phenyl is optionally substituted with one or two substituentsindependently selected from the group consisting of hydroxyl, halogen,cyano, (C₁-C₄)alkoxy and halogenated (C₁-C₄)alkoxy; or which phenyl isoptionally substituted by two groups which are attached to adjacentcarbon atoms and are combined into a saturated cyclic 5 or 6-memberedring system, containing 1 or 2 O atoms; or (iv) heteroaryl or—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein the heteroaryl is furyl, thienyl,thiazolyl, imidazolyl, pyridinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, orbenzoimidazolyl; which heteroaryl is optionally substituted with one ortwo substituents independently selected from the group consisting of—(C₁-C₄)alkyl and —(C₁-C₄)alkyl-(C═O)—O—(C₁-C₄)alkyl; and R⁴ isindependently selected from H or —(C₁-C₄)-alkyl or—(C₁-C₄)-alkyl-phenyl, wherein the phenyl group is optionallysubstituted with one or two (C₁-C₄)alkoxy groups; or R² and R⁴ formtogether with the nitrogen atom, to which R² and R⁴ are attached, a ringor ring-system, which is selected from the group consisting ofmorpholine, piperidine, thiomorpholine and piperazine, wherein the ringor the ring-system is optionally substituted with a —(C₁-C₄)alkyl group.21. A compound according to claim 20, wherein R² represents (i)—(C₁-C₄)alkyl, which is optionally substituted with one or two(C₁-C₄)alkoxy groups; (ii) —(C₃-C₈)cycloalkyl; (iii) phenyl or—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl, which phenyl is optionally substituted with one ortwo substituents independently selected from the group consisting ofhydroxyl, halogen, cyano and (C₁-C₄)alkoxy; or which phenyl isoptionally substituted by two groups which are attached to adjacentcarbon atoms and are combined into a saturated cyclic 5 or 6-memberedring system, containing 1 or 2 O atoms; or (iv) heteroaryl or—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-heteroaryl, wherein the heteroaryl is thiazolyl,pyridinyl, indolyl, or indazolyl; which heteroaryl is optionallysubstituted with one or two —(C₁-C₄)alkyl groups; and R⁴ isindependently selected from —H, —(C₁-C₄)-alkyl or —(C₁-C₄)-alkyl-phenyl,wherein the phenyl group is optionally substituted with one or two(C₁-C₄)alkoxy groups; or R² and R⁴ form together with the nitrogen atom,to which R² and R⁴ are attached, a ring, which is selected from thegroup consisting of morpholine, piperidine, and piperazine, wherein thering is optionally substituted with a —(C₁-C₄)alkyl group.
 22. Acompound according to claim 18, wherein R² represents a—(C₁-C₄)alkyl-phenyl or a thiazolyl group, optionally substituted with—(C₁-C₄)-alkyl, and R⁴ represents —H; or R² and R⁴ form together withthe nitrogen atom, to which R² and R⁴ are attached, a morpholinyl group,and n represents 2 or
 3. 23. A compound according to claim 1, whereinsaid compound is selected from the group consisting of:N-Benzyl-4-(2-ethyl-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide,N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-butyramide,N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-butyramide,N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide,2-Ethyl-3-hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one,3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one,3-Hydroxy-2-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one,3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one,4-(2-Ethyl-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-butyramide,4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-butyramide,N-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-butyramide,4-(3-Hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-pyridin-3-ylmethyl-butyramide,4-(3-Hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-N-[2-(7-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-butyramide,3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-oxo-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyl)-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one,N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-methyl-butyramide,N-[2-(3,4-Dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-N-methyl-butyramide,4-(3-Hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-N-(1H-indazol-6-yl)-butyramide,4-(3-Hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-N-(2-methoxy-ethyl)-butyramide,N-(2,4-Difluoro-benzyl)-4-(3-hydroxy-17-oxo-2-propyl-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-butyramide,N-Cyclohexyl-4-(2-ethoxy-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide,N-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl-4-(2-ethoxy-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide,4-(2-Ethoxy-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-[2-(7-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-butyramide,2-Ethoxy-3-hydroxy-15α-(4-oxo-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one,4-(2-Ethoxy-3-hydroxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-(1H-indazol-6-yl)-butyramide,N-Cyclohexyl-4-(3-hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide,N-Benzyl-4-(3-hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide,3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-15α-(4-oxo-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one,4-(3-Hydroxy-2-methoxy-17-oxo-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-(1H-indazol-6-yl)-butyramide,4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one,4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one,4-(17-Fluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10),16-tetraen-15β-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one,3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-N-(5-methyl-thiazol-2-yl)-propionamide,4-(17-Difluoromethylene-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-1-morpholin-4-yl-butan-1-one,N-Cyclohexyl-4-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide,N-Benzyl-4-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-butyramide,4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-(3,4-dihydroxy-benzyl)-butyramide,4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-[2-(7-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-butyramide,4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-1-piperidin-1-yl-butan-1-one,4-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15α-yl)-N-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-N-methyl-butyramide,N-Cyclopropyl-3-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-propionamide,N-Cyclohexyl-3-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-propionamide,N-Benzo[1,3]dioxol-5-ylmethyl-3-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-propionamide,N-Benzyl-3-(17,17-difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-propionamide,3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(3,4-dihydroxy-benzyl)-propionamide,3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-(3,5-dimethoxy-benzyl)-propionamide,3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-[2-(7-methyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-ethyl]-propionamide,3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-1-piperidin-1-yl-propan-1-one,3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl-N,N-diethyl-propionamide,3-(17,17-Difluoro-3-hydroxy-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-15β-yl)-N-[2-(3,4-dimethoxy-phenyl)-ethyl]-N-methyl-propionamide,3-Hydroxy-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-[16,17-c]-pyrazole,3-Sulphamate-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-one,and3-Sulphate-15β-(4-morpholin-4-yl-4-oxo-butyl)-estra-1,3,5(10)-trien-17-oneor a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
 24. A pharmaceuticalcomposition comprising as an active ingredient a compound correspondingto formula I of claim 1 and at least one pharmaceutically acceptablecarrier.
 25. The pharmaceutical composition of claim 24, wherein saidpharmaceutical composition is effective for the treatment or inhibitionof a steroid hormone dependent disease or disorder in a mammal and saidcompound corresponding to formula I is provided in a pharmaceuticallyeffective amount.
 26. A method for the treatment or prophylaxis of asteroid hormone dependent disease or disorder in a mammal, the methodcomprising the step of administering to a subject in need thereof apharmaceutically effective amount of a compound corresponding to formulaI of claim
 1. 27. The method of claim 26, wherein the steroid hormonedependent disease or disorder is an estradiol dependent disease ordisorder.
 28. The method of claim 27, wherein the estradiol dependentdisease or disorder is malignant and is selected from the groupconsisting of breast cancer, ovarian cancer, uterine cancer, endometrialcancer, and endometrial hyperplasia.
 29. The method of claim 28, whereinthe estradiol dependent disease or disorder is characterized by adetectable level of 17β-HSD1 or STS expression within a cancer tissuesample.
 30. The method of claim 27, wherein the estradiol dependentdisease is breast cancer and the mammal is a human post-menopausalfemale.
 31. The method of claim 27, wherein the estradiol dependentdisease or disorder is benign and is selected from the group consistingof endometriosis, uterine fibroids, uterine leiomyoma, adenomyosis,dysmenorrhea, menorrhagia, metrorrhagia, and urinary dysfunction. 32.The method of claim 26, wherein the mammal is a human pre- orperi-menopausal female.
 33. The method of claim 26, wherein steroidhormone dependent disease or disorder is an androgen-dependent diseaseor disorder.
 34. The method of claim 33, wherein the androgen-dependentdisease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of acne,seborrhea, androgenetic alopecia, hirsutism, and prostate cancer. 35.The method of claim 26, wherein the steroid hormone dependent disease ordisorder is an estrogen- or androgen dependent disease or disordertreatment of which requires lowering of the endogeneous estrogen orandrogen concentration in a generalized or tissue-specific manner. 36.The method of claim 35, wherein the disease or disorder is selected fromthe group consisting of prostadynia, benign prostatic hyperplasia,urinary dysfunction, lower urinary tract syndrome, squamous cellcarcinoma, rheumatoid arthritis, type I and II diabetes, systemic lupuserythematosus, multiple sclerosis, myastenia gravis, thyroiditis,vasculitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, contactdermatitis, graft versus host disease, eczema, asthma, organ rejectionfollowing transplantation, colon cancer, tissue wounds, skin wrinkles,cataracts, cognitive dysfunctions, senile dementia and Alzheimer'sdisease.